* menu-bar.el (menu-bar-tools-menu): Add Semantic and EDE menu
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19146 53667))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18785 31758))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19146 53668))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 \(fn)" t nil)
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (18793 7269))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
101
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
104
105 \(fn)" t nil)
106
107 ;;;***
108 \f
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19088 18200))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
112
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
116
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19128
125 ;;;;;; 61338))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
127
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
129
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
134
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
142
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
149
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
151
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
154
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
156
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
159
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
168
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
172
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
174
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
179
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
182
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
184
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
188
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
192
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
196
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
200
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
203
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
205
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
210
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
212
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
219
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
221
222 \(fn)" t nil)
223
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
226
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
229
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
232
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
235
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
238
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
244
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
246
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
248
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
254
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
257
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
259
260 ;;;***
261 \f
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19146 53666))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
266
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
277
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
279
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
288
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
290
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
293
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
295
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
298
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
300
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
313
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
315
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
334
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
342
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
368
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
371
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
383
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
388
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
390
391 ;;;***
392 \f
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18891 43919))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
397
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
405
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
409
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
414
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
416
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
428
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
431
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
436
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
440
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
449
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
459
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
469
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474
475 \(fn)" t nil)
476
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479
480 \(fn)" t nil)
481
482 ;;;***
483 \f
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
487
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
489
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
491
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
493
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
495
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
497
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
499
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
501
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
503
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
505
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
507
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
509
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
511
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
513
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
515
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
517
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
519
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
523
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
527
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
534
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
536
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
545
546 and many other features.
547
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
553
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
562
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
570
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
583
584
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
590
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
603
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
614
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
619
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
636
637 Topic Encryption
638
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
643
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
648
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
653
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
657
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
659
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
662
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
668
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
674
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
682
683 Extending Allout
684
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
688
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
695
696 Terminology
697
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
699
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
709
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
722
723 Topic text constituents:
724
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
738
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
745
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
772
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
776
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
778
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
780
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
783
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
786
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
788
789 ;;;***
790 \f
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19146 53667))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
794
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
796
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
803
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
805
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
808
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
810
811 ;;;***
812 \f
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18785 32026))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
816
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
824
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
826
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
830
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
832
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
836
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
838
839 ;;;***
840 \f
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19121 54544))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
844
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
847
848 \(fn)" t nil)
849
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
852
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
857
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
860
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
862
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
864
865 ;;;***
866 \f
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19101 19251))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
870
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
877
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
882
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
887
888 \(fn)" t nil)
889
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
893
894 \(fn)" t nil)
895
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
899
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
901
902 ;;;***
903 \f
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19103 25521))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
907
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
911
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
916
917 \(fn)" t nil)
918
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
926
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
928
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
931
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
933
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
938
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
940
941 ;;;***
942 \f
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19146 53664))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
947
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
952
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
955
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
957
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
964
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
967
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
969
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
971
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
978
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
981
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
984
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
987
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
989
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
992
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
994
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
999
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1004
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1007
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1009
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1011
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1016
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1018
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1025
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1029
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1031
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1038
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1043
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1045
1046 ;;;***
1047 \f
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19103
1049 ;;;;;; 26692))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1051
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1058
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1062
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1064
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1066
1067 ;;;***
1068 \f
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18793 9988))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1071
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1074
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1078
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1080
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1084
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1090
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1098
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1102
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1105
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1110
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1115
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1120
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1123
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1126
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1131
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1133
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1135
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1137
1138 ;;;***
1139 \f
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1141 ;;;;;; 65442))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1143
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1149
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1151
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1153
1154
1155 How to submit a bug report
1156
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1158
1159
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1161
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1166
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1170
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1204
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1210
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1214
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1218
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1220
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1223
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1227
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1230
1231
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1234
1235
1236 Settings
1237
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1239
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1241
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1243
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1245
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1248
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1250
1251
1252 Drawing with keys
1253
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1260
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1262
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1264
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1271
1272
1273 Arrows
1274
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1277
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1280
1281
1282 Selecting operation
1283
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1285
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1306
1307
1308 Variables
1309
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1312
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1332
1333 Hooks
1334
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1337
1338
1339 Keymap summary
1340
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1342
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1344
1345 ;;;***
1346 \f
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18785
1348 ;;;;;; 32035))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1350
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1354
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1359
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1362
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1365
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1367
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1370
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1372
1373 ;;;***
1374 \f
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18790 54819))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1378
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1382
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1384
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1395
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1402
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1404
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1406
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1413
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1415
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1422
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1424
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1426
1427 ;;;***
1428 \f
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1432
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1435
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1437
1438 ;;;***
1439 \f
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19096 3520))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1443
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1447
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1449
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1454
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1456
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1463
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1465
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1470
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1473
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1475
1476 ;;;***
1477 \f
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1482
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1484
1485 (put 'generated-autoload-feature 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
1486
1487 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1488
1489 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1490 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1491 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1492 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1493 save the buffer too.
1494
1495 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1496
1497 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1498
1499 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1500 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1501 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1502 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1503 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1504 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1505
1506 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1507 directory or directories specified.
1508
1509 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1510
1511 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1512 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1513 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1514
1515 \(fn)" nil nil)
1516
1517 ;;;***
1518 \f
1519 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1520 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1521 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19061 51943))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1523
1524 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1525 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1526
1527 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1528 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1529 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1530 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1531 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1532
1533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1534
1535 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1536 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1537
1538 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1539 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1540
1541 \(fn)" nil nil)
1542
1543 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1544 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1545 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1546
1547 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1548 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1549 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1550 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1551 reflected in the current buffer.
1552
1553 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1554 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1555 writing before you save the file!
1556
1557 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1558
1559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1560
1561 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1562 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1563
1564 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1565 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1566
1567 \(fn)" nil nil)
1568
1569 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1570 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1571 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1574 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1575
1576 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1579 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1580 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1581 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1582
1583 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1584 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1585 to revert a particular buffer.
1586
1587 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1588 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1589 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1590 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1591 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1592
1593 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1594 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1595 specifies in the mode line.
1596
1597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1598
1599 ;;;***
1600 \f
1601 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1602 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18785 31764))
1603 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1604
1605 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1606 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1607 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1609 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1610
1611 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1612
1613 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1614 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1615 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1616 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1617
1618 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1619 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1620 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1621
1622 Effects of the different modes:
1623 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1624 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1625 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1626 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1627 a random distance & direction.
1628 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1629 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1630 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1631
1632 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1633
1634 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1635 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1636 definition of \"random distance\".)
1637
1638 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1639
1640 ;;;***
1641 \f
1642 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1643 ;;;;;; (18785 31764))
1644 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1645 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1646
1647 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1649 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651
1652 \(fn)" t nil)
1653
1654 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1655 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1656 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1659 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1660
1661 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1662
1663 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1664 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1665 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1666 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1667 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1668 seconds.
1669
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1671
1672 ;;;***
1673 \f
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1675 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18879 31805))
1676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1677
1678 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1679 Time execution of FORMS.
1680 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1681 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1682 FORMS once.
1683 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1684 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1685 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1686
1687 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1688
1689 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1690 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1691 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1692 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1693 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1694
1695 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1696
1697 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1698 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1699 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1700 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1701 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1702
1703 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1704
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1708 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19146 53668))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1710
1711 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1712 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1713 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1714 of corresponding buffers.
1715 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1716 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1717 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1718 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1719 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1720 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1721
1722 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1725 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1726
1727 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1728
1729 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1730 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1731 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1732 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1733
1734 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1735 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1736 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1737 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1738 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1739
1740 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1741 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1742
1743
1744 Special information:
1745
1746 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1747
1748 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1749 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1750 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1751 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1752 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1753 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1754 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1755 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1756 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1757 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1758 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1759
1760 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1761 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1762 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1763 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1764 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1765 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1766 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1767 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1768
1769 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1770
1771 ----------------------------------------------------------
1772 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1773 if that value is non-nil.
1774
1775 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1776
1777 \(fn)" t nil)
1778
1779 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1780 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1781 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1782 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1783 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1784 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1785 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1786 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1787 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1788 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1789
1790 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1791
1792 ;;;***
1793 \f
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (18785 32079))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1798
1799 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1800 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1801
1802 \(fn)" t nil)
1803
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1807 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1808 ;;;;;; (18785 31991))
1809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1810
1811 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1812
1813 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1814 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1815 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1816
1817 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1818
1819 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1820 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1821
1822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1823
1824 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1825 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1826
1827 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1828
1829 ;;;***
1830 \f
1831 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18785
1832 ;;;;;; 32026))
1833 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1834
1835 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1836 Play blackbox.
1837 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1838
1839 What is blackbox?
1840
1841 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1842 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1843 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1844 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1845 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1846 your score.
1847
1848 Overview of play:
1849
1850 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1851 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1852 four.
1853
1854 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1855 movement keys.
1856
1857 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1858 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1859
1860 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1861 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1862
1863 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1864 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1865 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1866 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1867 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1868 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1869
1870 Details:
1871
1872 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1873
1874 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1875 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1876 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1877 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1878
1879 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1880 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1881 denoted by the letter `R'.
1882
1883 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1884 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1885 denoted by the letter `H'.
1886
1887 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1888 example.
1889
1890 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1891 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1892 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1893 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1894 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1895 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1896 ray.
1897
1898 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1899 degree deflection it causes.
1900
1901 1
1902 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1903 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1904 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1905 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1906 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1908 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1910 2 3
1911
1912 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1913 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1914
1915
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1918 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1924
1925 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1926 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1927 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1928 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1929 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1930 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1931 emerging from the box.
1932
1933 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1934
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1940 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1943
1944 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1945 a reflection.
1946
1947 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1948
1949 ;;;***
1950 \f
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1952 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1953 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1954 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (19146
1955 ;;;;;; 53664))
1956 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1957 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1958 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1959 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1960
1961 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1962 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1963 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1964 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1965 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1966 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1967 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1968
1969 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1970 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1971 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1972
1973 With prefix arg (NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite a bookmark that
1974 has the same name as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but
1975 instead push the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the
1976 most recently set bookmark with name NAME would be the one in
1977 effect at any given time, but the others are still there, should
1978 the user decide to delete the most recent one.
1979
1980 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1981 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1982 yank successive words.
1983
1984 Typing C-u will insert (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the
1985 last bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1986 this helps one use a single bookmark name to track progress through
1987 a large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document,
1988 then C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1989
1990 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (give it a name and it
1991 removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1992 the list of bookmarks.)
1993
1994 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1995
1996 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1997 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1998 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1999 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2000 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2001 this.
2002
2003 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2004 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2005 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2006 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2007
2008 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2009 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2010
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2012
2013 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2014 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2015
2016 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2017
2018 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2019 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2020 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2021
2022 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2023 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2024 after a bookmark was set in it.
2025
2026 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2027
2028 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2029 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2030 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2031
2032 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2033 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2034
2035 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2036
2037 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2038
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2040 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2041 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2042 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2043
2044 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2045
2046 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2047 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2048 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2049
2050 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2051 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2052 name.
2053
2054 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2055
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2057 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2058 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2059
2060 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2061 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2062 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2063 this.
2064
2065 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2066
2067 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2068 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2069 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2070
2071 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2072 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2073 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2074 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2075 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2076 probably because we were called from there.
2077
2078 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2079
2080 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2081 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2082 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2083
2084 \(fn)" t nil)
2085
2086 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2087 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2088 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2089 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2090 \(second argument).
2091
2092 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2093 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2094 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2095 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2096 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2097
2098 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2099 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2100 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2101 `bookmark-default-file'.
2102
2103 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2104
2105 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2106 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2107 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2108 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2109 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2110 while loading.
2111
2112 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2113 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2114 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2115 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2116 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2117 explicitly.
2118
2119 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2120 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2121 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2122 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2123
2124 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2125
2126 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2127 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2128 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2129 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2130 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2131
2132 \(fn)" t nil)
2133
2134 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2135
2136 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2137
2138 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2139
2140 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2141
2142 ;;;***
2143 \f
2144 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2146 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2147 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2153 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
2154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2155
2156 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2157 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2158 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2159 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2160
2161 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2162 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2163 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2164 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2165 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2166
2167 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2168
2169 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2170 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2171
2172 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2173
2174 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2175 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2176
2177 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2178
2179 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2180 Not documented
2181
2182 \(fn)" nil nil)
2183
2184 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2185 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2186 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2187 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2188 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2189 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2190
2191 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2192
2193 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2194 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2195 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2196 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2197 narrowed.
2198
2199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2200
2201 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2202 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2203
2204 \(fn)" t nil)
2205
2206 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2207 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2208
2209 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2210
2211 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2212 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2213 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2214 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2215
2216 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2217
2218 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2220 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2221 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2222
2223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2227 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2228 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2229 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2230 to use.
2231
2232 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2235 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2236 Default to the URL around or before point.
2237
2238 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2239 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2240 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2241 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2242
2243 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2244 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2245
2246 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2247 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2248
2249 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2252 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2253 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2254 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2255
2256 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2257 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2258 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2259 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2260
2261 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2262 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2263 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2264
2265 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2266 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2267
2268 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2274
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279
2280 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2281 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2282 new tab in an existing window instead.
2283
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2288
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2292 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2293 Firefox.
2294
2295 When called interactively, if variable
2296 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2297 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2298 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2299 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2300
2301 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2302 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2303 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2304
2305 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2306 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2307
2308 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2309 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2310 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2311 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2312 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2313 URL in a new window.
2314
2315 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2316
2317 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2318 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2319 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2320 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2321
2322 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2323 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2324 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2325 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2326
2327 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2328 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2329 new tab in an existing window instead.
2330
2331 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2332 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2333
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2338
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340
2341 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2344 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2345
2346 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2347 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2348 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2349 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2350
2351 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2352 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353
2354 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2358
2359 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2360 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2361 program is invoked according to the variable
2362 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2363
2364 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2365 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2366 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2367 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368
2369 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2370 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371
2372 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2376 Default to the URL around or before point.
2377
2378 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2379 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2380 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2381
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point.
2395
2396 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2397 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2398 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404
2405 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2407 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2408 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2409
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2414 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2415 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2416 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2417 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2418
2419 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420
2421 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2422 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2423 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2424 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2425 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2426
2427 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2428 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2429 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2430 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2436
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2438 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2439 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2440 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2441 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2442 current one.
2443
2444 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2445 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2446 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2457 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2458 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2459 don't offer a form of remote control.
2460
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point.
2466
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around the point.
2472
2473 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2474 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2475
2476 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2477 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2478
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480
2481 ;;;***
2482 \f
2483 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18785
2484 ;;;;;; 32026))
2485 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2486
2487 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2488 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2489
2490 \(fn)" t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2493 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2494
2495 \(fn)" nil nil)
2496
2497 ;;;***
2498 \f
2499 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2500 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19137 28300))
2501 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2502
2503 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2504 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2505 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2506 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2507
2508 \(fn)" t nil)
2509
2510 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2511 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2512 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2513 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2514
2515 \(fn)" t nil)
2516
2517 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2518 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2519
2520 \(fn)" t nil)
2521
2522 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2523 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2524 \\<bs-mode-map>
2525 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2526 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2527 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2528 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2529
2530 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2531 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2532 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2533 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2534 name of buffer configuration.
2535
2536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2537
2538 ;;;***
2539 \f
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19091 22844))
2541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2542
2543 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2544 Play Bubbles game.
2545 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2546 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2547 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2548 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2549 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2550 columns on its right towards the left.
2551
2552 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2553 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2554 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2555 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2556
2557 \(fn)" t nil)
2558
2559 ;;;***
2560 \f
2561 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2562 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 13277))
2563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2564
2565 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2566
2567 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2568 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2569
2570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2571
2572 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2573 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2574
2575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2576
2577 ;;;***
2578 \f
2579 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2580 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2581 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2582 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2583 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2584 ;;;;;; (19141 18861))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2586 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2587 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2588 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2589 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2590
2591 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2592 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2593
2594 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2595
2596 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2597 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2598 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2599 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2600 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2601 else the global value will be modified.
2602
2603 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2604
2605 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2606 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2607 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2608 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2609 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2610 else the global value will be modified.
2611
2612 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2613
2614 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2615 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2616 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2617
2618 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2619
2620 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2621 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2622 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2623 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2624
2625 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2626 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2627 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2628 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2629 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2630 before scanning it.
2631
2632 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2633 that already has a `.elc' file.
2634
2635 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2636 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2637
2638 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2639 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2640 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2641 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2642 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2643 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2644
2645 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2648 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2649 Print the result in the echo area.
2650 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2651
2652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2655 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2656 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2657
2658 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2659
2660 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2661 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2662 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2663 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2664 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2665 all functions called by those functions.
2666
2667 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2668 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2669 cons, etc.).
2670
2671 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2672 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2673 invoked interactively.
2674
2675 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2676
2677 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2678 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2679 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2680 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2681
2682 \(fn)" nil nil)
2683
2684 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2685 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2686 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2687 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2688 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2689 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2690 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2691 already up-to-date.
2692
2693 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2694
2695 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2696 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2697 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2698 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2699
2700 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2701 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2702 and corresponding effects.
2703
2704 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2705
2706 ;;;***
2707 \f
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19106
2709 ;;;;;; 54022))
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2711
2712 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2713
2714 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2715
2716 ;;;***
2717 \f
2718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19008 33942))
2719 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2720
2721 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2722
2723 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2724
2725 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2726
2727 ;;;***
2728 \f
2729 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2730 ;;;;;; (18785 31873))
2731 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2732
2733 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2734 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2735 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2736 from the cursor position.
2737
2738 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2739
2740 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2741
2742 ;;;***
2743 \f
2744 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2745 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2746 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19146
2747 ;;;;;; 53665))
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2749 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2750
2751 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2752 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2753
2754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2757 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2758
2759 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2760
2761 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2762 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2763
2764 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2765
2766 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2767 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2768
2769 \(fn)" t nil)
2770
2771 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2772 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2773 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2774 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2775
2776 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2780 This is most useful in the X window system.
2781 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2782 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2783
2784 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2785
2786 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2787 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2788 See calc-keypad for details.
2789
2790 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2791
2792 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2793 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2794
2795 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2796
2797 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2798 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2799
2800 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2801
2802 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2803 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2804
2805 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2806
2807 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2808 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2809 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2814 Define Calc function.
2815
2816 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2817 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2818 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2819
2820 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2821 actual Lisp function name.
2822
2823 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2824
2825 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2826
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18785
2830 ;;;;;; 31766))
2831 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2832
2833 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2834 Run the Emacs calculator.
2835 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2836
2837 \(fn)" t nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19146
2842 ;;;;;; 53665))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2844
2845 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2846 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2847 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2848 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2849 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2850 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2851
2852 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2853 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2854 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2855 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2856 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2857 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2858 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2859 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2860 window.
2861
2862 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2863 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2864
2865 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2866 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2867 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2868 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2869 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2870 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2871
2872 Runs the following hooks:
2873
2874 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2875 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2876 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2877 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2878
2879 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2880
2881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2882
2883 ;;;***
2884 \f
2885 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2886 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18785 31951))
2887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2888
2889 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2890 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2891
2892 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2893
2894 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2895 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2896 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2897 it fails.
2898
2899 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2900
2901 ;;;***
2902 \f
2903 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2904 ;;;;;; (18785 32036))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2906
2907 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2908 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2909
2910 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2911 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2912 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2913 restriction to ASCII.
2914
2915 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2916
2917 capitalizedWorDD
2918 ^ ^ ^^
2919
2920 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2921 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2922 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2923
2924 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2925 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2926 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2927 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2928 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2929 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2930 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2931
2932 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2933 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2934
2935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2936
2937 ;;;***
2938 \f
2939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18785
2940 ;;;;;; 32037))
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2942 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2943
2944 ;;;***
2945 \f
2946 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2947 ;;;;;; (19146 53668))
2948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2949
2950 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2951 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2952
2953 \(fn)" nil nil)
2954
2955 ;;;***
2956 \f
2957 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2958 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2959 ;;;;;; (19042 13263))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2961
2962 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2963 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2964 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2965 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2966 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2967 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2968 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2969
2970 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2971
2972 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2973 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2974 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2975 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2977 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2980 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2982
2983 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2984 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2985 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2986 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2987 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2988 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2989
2990 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2991
2992 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2993 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2994
2995 Key bindings:
2996 \\{c-mode-map}
2997
2998 \(fn)" t nil)
2999
3000 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3001 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3002
3003 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3004 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3005 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3006 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3007 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3008 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3009 message.
3010
3011 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3012
3013 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3014 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3015
3016 Key bindings:
3017 \\{c++-mode-map}
3018
3019 \(fn)" t nil)
3020
3021 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3022 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3023 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3024
3025 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3026 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3027 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3028 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3029 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3030 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3031 message.
3032
3033 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3034
3035 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3036 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3037
3038 Key bindings:
3039 \\{objc-mode-map}
3040
3041 \(fn)" t nil)
3042
3043 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3044 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3045 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3046
3047 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3048 Major mode for editing Java code.
3049 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3050 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3051 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3052 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3053 message.
3054
3055 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3056
3057 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3058 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3059
3060 Key bindings:
3061 \\{java-mode-map}
3062
3063 \(fn)" t nil)
3064
3065 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3066 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3068
3069 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3070 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3071 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3072 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3073 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3074 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3075 message.
3076
3077 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3078
3079 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3080 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3081
3082 Key bindings:
3083 \\{idl-mode-map}
3084
3085 \(fn)" t nil)
3086
3087 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3088 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3089 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3090 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3091
3092 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3093 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3094 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3095 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3096 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3097 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3098 message.
3099
3100 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3101
3102 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3103 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3104
3105 Key bindings:
3106 \\{pike-mode-map}
3107
3108 \(fn)" t nil)
3109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3110 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3111 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3112 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3113 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3114 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3115
3116 ;;;***
3117 \f
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3119 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18793 16179))
3120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3121
3122 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3123 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3124 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3125 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3126
3127 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3128
3129 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3130 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3131 might get set too.
3132
3133 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3134 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3135 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3136 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3137 way.
3138
3139 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3140 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3141 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3142 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3143 a null operation.
3144
3145 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3146
3147 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3148 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3149 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3150 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3151
3152 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3153
3154 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3155 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3156 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3157
3158 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3159
3160 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3161 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3162 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3163 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3164 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3165
3166 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3167
3168 ;;;***
3169 \f
3170 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3171 ;;;;;; (18785 32042))
3172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3173
3174 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3175 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3176 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3177 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3178 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3179 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3180 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3181 Here are some examples:
3182
3183 Nomenclature Subwords
3184 ===========================================================
3185 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3186 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3187 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3188
3189 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3190 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3191 as words.
3192
3193 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3194
3195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3196
3197 ;;;***
3198 \f
3199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19096 36209))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3201 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3202 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3203 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3204
3205 ;;;***
3206 \f
3207 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3208 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3209 ;;;;;; (18878 13352))
3210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3211
3212 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3213 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3214
3215 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3216
3217 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3218 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3219
3220 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3221
3222 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3223 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3224
3225 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3226 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3227 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3228 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3229 execution.
3230
3231 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3232
3233 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3234
3235 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3236 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3237
3238 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3239 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3242
3243 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3244 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3245 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3246 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3247 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3248 `write' commands.
3249
3250 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3251 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3252 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3253 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3254
3255 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3256 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3257 semantics.
3258
3259 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3260
3261 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3262
3263 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3264
3265 STATEMENT :=
3266 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3267 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3268
3269 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3270 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3271 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3272 | integer
3273
3274 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3275
3276 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3277 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3278 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3279
3280 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3281 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3282 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3283
3284 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3285 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3286
3287 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3288 BREAK := (break)
3289
3290 REPEAT :=
3291 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3292 (repeat)
3293 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3294 ;; (repeat))
3295 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3296 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3297 ;; (read REG)
3298 ;; (repeat))
3299 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3300 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3301 ;; (read REG)
3302 ;; (repeat))
3303 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3304
3305 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3306 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3307 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3308 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3309 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3310 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3311 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3312 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3313 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3314 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3315 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3316 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3317 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3318 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3319 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3320 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3321
3322 WRITE :=
3323 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3324 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3325 ;; representation.
3326 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3327 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3328 ;; (write r7))
3329 | (write EXPRESSION)
3330 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3331 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3332 ;; representation.
3333 | (write integer)
3334 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3335 ;; buffer.
3336 | (write string)
3337 ;; Same as: (write string)
3338 | string
3339 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3340 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3341 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3342 ;; representation.
3343 | (write REG ARRAY)
3344 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3345 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3346 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3347 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3348 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3349 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3350
3351 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3352 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3353
3354 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3355 END := (end)
3356
3357 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3358 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3359 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3360
3361 ARG := REG | integer
3362
3363 OPERATOR :=
3364 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3365 + | - | * | / | %
3366
3367 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3368 | & | `|' | ^
3369
3370 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3371 | << | >>
3372
3373 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3374 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3375 | <8
3376
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3379 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3380 | >8
3381
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3384 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3385 | //
3386
3387 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3388 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3389
3390 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3391 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3393 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3394 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3395 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3396 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3397 | de-sjis
3398
3399 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3400 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3401 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3402 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3403 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3404 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3405 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3406 ;; byte of SJIS.
3407 | en-sjis
3408
3409 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3410 ;; Same meaning as C code
3411 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3412
3413 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3414 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3415 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3416 | <8=
3417
3418 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3419 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3420 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3421
3422 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3423 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3424 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3425 | //=
3426
3427 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3428
3429
3430 TRANSLATE :=
3431 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3432 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3433 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3434 LOOKUP :=
3435 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3436 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3437 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3438 MAP :=
3439 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3440 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3441 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3442 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3443 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3444 MAP-ID := integer
3445
3446 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3447
3448 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3449 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3450 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3451 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3452 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3453 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3454
3455 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3456
3457 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3458 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3459 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3460
3461 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3462
3463 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3464
3465 ;;;***
3466 \f
3467 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3468 ;;;;;; (18785 32043))
3469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3470
3471 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3472 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3473 There are no special keybindings by default.
3474
3475 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3476 to the action header.
3477
3478 \(fn)" t nil)
3479
3480 ;;;***
3481 \f
3482 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3483 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19141 18861))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3485
3486 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3487 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3488 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3489
3490 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3491
3492 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3493 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3494 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3495
3496 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3497
3498 ;;;***
3499 \f
3500 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3501 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3502 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3503 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3504 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3505 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3506 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3507 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3508 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19146 53666))
3509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3510 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3511 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3512 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3513 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3514 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3515
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3517 Not documented
3518
3519 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3520
3521 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3522 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3523 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3524 the users will view as each check is completed.
3525
3526 \(fn)" t nil)
3527
3528 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3529 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3530 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3531 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3532 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3533 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3534 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3535 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3536
3537 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3538
3539 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3540 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3541 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3542 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3543 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3544 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3545 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3546 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3547
3548 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3549
3550 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3551 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3552 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3553 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3554 spacing are all verified.
3555
3556 \(fn)" t nil)
3557
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3559 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3560 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3561 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3562 otherwise stop after the first error.
3563
3564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3565
3566 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3567 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3568 Only documentation strings are checked.
3569 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3570 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3571 a separate buffer.
3572
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3574
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3576 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3577 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3578 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3579 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3580
3581 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3582
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3584 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3585 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3586 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3587 if there is one.
3588
3589 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3590
3591 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3592 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3593 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3594 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3595 if there is one.
3596 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3597
3598 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3599
3600 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3601 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3602 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3603
3604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3605
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3607 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3608 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3609 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3610 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3611
3612 \(fn)" t nil)
3613
3614 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3615 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3616 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3617 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3618 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3619 space at the end of each line.
3620
3621 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3622
3623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3624 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3625 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3626 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3627
3628 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3629
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3631 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3632 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3633 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3634
3635 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3636
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3638 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3639 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3640 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3641
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3643
3644 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3645 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3646 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3647 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3648
3649 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3650
3651 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3652 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3653 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3655
3656 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3657
3658 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3660 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3662
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664
3665 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3669
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3671
3672 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3676
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3678
3679 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3680 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3681 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3683
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3687 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3688 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3689 turn it off.
3690
3691 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3692 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3693 checking of documentation strings.
3694
3695 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3696
3697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3698
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3702 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3703 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18785 31984))
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3705
3706 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3707 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3708 Return the length of resulting text.
3709
3710 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3711
3712 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3713 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3714
3715 \(fn)" t nil)
3716
3717 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3718 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3719 Return the length of resulting text.
3720
3721 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3722
3723 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3724 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3725
3726 \(fn)" t nil)
3727
3728 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3729 Not documented
3730
3731 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3732
3733 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3734 Not documented
3735
3736 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3737
3738 ;;;***
3739 \f
3740 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3741 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18785 31767))
3742 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3743
3744 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3745 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3746 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3747 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3748 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3749 editing and the result is evaluated.
3750
3751 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3754 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3757 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3758
3759 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3760
3761 \(fn)" t nil)
3762
3763 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3764 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3765 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3766 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3767 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3768
3769 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3770 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3771 \\{command-history-map}
3772
3773 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3774 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3775
3776 \(fn)" t nil)
3777
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19098 35414))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3782
3783 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3784 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3785 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3786 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3787 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3788 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3789
3790 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3791 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3792
3793 ;;;***
3794 \f
3795 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3796 ;;;;;; (19007 9272))
3797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3798
3799 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3800 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3801 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3802 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3803 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3804 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3805 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3806 of this function.
3807
3808 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3809 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3810 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3811 property are:
3812
3813 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3814 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3815
3816 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3817 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3818 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3819 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3820 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3821 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3822 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3823 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3824 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3825 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3826 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3827 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3828
3829 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3830 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3831 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3832
3833 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3834 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3835 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3836 list elements are:
3837
3838 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3839
3840 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3841
3842 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3843
3844 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3845 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3846
3847 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3848 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3849
3850 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3851 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3852 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3853 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3854 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3855 value specified by their associated list element.
3856
3857 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3858
3859 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3860 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3861 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3862
3863 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3864 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3865 * indent the first argument by 4.
3866 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3867 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3868 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3869
3870 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3871
3872 ;;;***
3873 \f
3874 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3875 ;;;;;; (18785 32043))
3876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3877
3878 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3879 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3880 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3881 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3882
3883 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3884 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3885 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3886 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3887
3888 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3889 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3890
3891 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3892
3893 ;;;***
3894 \f
3895 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18822
3896 ;;;;;; 8972))
3897 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3898
3899 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3900 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3901 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3902 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3903 of `scheme-program-name').
3904 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3905 it is given as initial input.
3906 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3907 discards input when it starts up.
3908 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3909 is run).
3910 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3911
3912 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3913 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3914
3915 ;;;***
3916 \f
3917 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3918 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3919 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3920 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
3921 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3922
3923 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3924 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3925 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3926 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3927 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3928 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3929 functions have already modified the buffer.
3930
3931 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3932
3933 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3934 either globally or locally.")
3935
3936 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3937
3938 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3939 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3940 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3941 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3942 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3943 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3944 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3945 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3946 process as its initial input.
3947
3948 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3949
3950 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3951
3952 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3953 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3954 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3955 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3956 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3957 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3958 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3959 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3960 process as its initial input.
3961
3962 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3963
3964 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3965
3966 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3967 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3968 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3969 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3970 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3971 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3972
3973 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3974
3975 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3976 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3977 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3978 directory tracking functions.")
3979
3980 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3981 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3982 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3983
3984 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3985
3986 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3987
3988 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3989 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3990 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3991
3992 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3993
3994 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3995
3996 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3997 Send COMMAND to current process.
3998 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3999 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4000
4001 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4002
4003 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4004 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4005 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4006 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4007
4008 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4009
4010 ;;;***
4011 \f
4012 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18785
4013 ;;;;;; 31768))
4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4015
4016 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4017 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4018 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4019 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4020
4021 This command pushes the mark in each window
4022 at the prior location of point in that window.
4023 If both windows display the same buffer,
4024 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4025 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4026
4027 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4028 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4029 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4030 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4031 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4032 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4033 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4034 ignored.
4035
4036 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4037 this command work in interlaced mode:
4038 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4039 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4040 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4041
4042 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4043
4044 ;;;***
4045 \f
4046 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4047 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4048 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4049 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4050 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19075
4051 ;;;;;; 25936))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4053
4054 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4055 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4056
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4058
4059 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4060 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4061 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4062 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4063 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4064 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4065 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4066
4067 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4068
4069 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4070 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4071
4072 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4073
4074 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4075 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4076 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4077 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4078 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4079 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4080 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4081
4082 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4083 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4084 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4085 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4086 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4087
4088 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4089 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4090 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4091 describing how the process finished.")
4092
4093 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4094 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4095 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4096 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4097 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4098
4099 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4100 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4101 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4102
4103 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4104
4105 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4106 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4107 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4108 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4109
4110 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4111
4112 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4113 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4114
4115 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4116 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4117
4118 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4119 (lambda ()
4120 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4121 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4122 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4123 (concat \"make -k \"
4124 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4125
4126 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4127 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4128
4129 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4130 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4131 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4132 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4133
4134 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4135
4136 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4137 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4138 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4139 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4140
4141 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4142 and move to the source code that caused it.
4143
4144 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4145 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4146
4147 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4148 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4149 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4150 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4151
4152 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4153 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4154 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4155 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4156
4157 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4158 kills its subprocesses.
4159
4160 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4161 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4162 to a function that generates a unique name.
4163
4164 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4165
4166 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4167 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4168 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4169 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4170
4171 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4172 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4173
4174 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4175 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4176 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4177 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4178
4179 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4180 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4181 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4182
4183 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4184
4185 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4186
4187 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4188 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4189 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4190 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4191 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4192
4193 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4194
4195 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4196
4197 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4198
4199 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4204 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4205 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4206
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208
4209 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4210 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4211 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4212 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4213 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4214 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4215
4216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4217
4218 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4219 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4220 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4221
4222 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4223
4224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4225
4226 ;;;***
4227 \f
4228 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4229 ;;;;;; (18816 31496))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4231
4232 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4233 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4234 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4236 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4237 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4238
4239 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4240
4241 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4242 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4243 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4244
4245 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4246 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4247 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4248 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4249
4250 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4251 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4252 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4253 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4254
4255 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4256 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4257 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4258 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4259
4260 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4261 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4262 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4263 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4264 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4265
4266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4267
4268 ;;;***
4269 \f
4270 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4271 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4273
4274 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4275 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4276 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4279 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4280
4281 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4282
4283 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4284 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4285
4286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4287
4288 ;;;***
4289 \f
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4291 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4292 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4293 ;;;;;; (18785 32080))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4295
4296 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4297 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4298 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4299 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4300 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4301 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4302 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4303
4304 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4305 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4306 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4307
4308 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4309 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4310 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4311
4312 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4313 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4314 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4315 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4316
4317 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4318 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4319 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4320 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4321 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4322 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4323 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4324
4325 \\{conf-mode-map}
4326
4327 \(fn)" t nil)
4328
4329 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4330 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4331 Comments start with `#'.
4332 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4333
4334 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4335
4336 \[Desktop Entry]
4337 Encoding=UTF-8
4338 Name=The GIMP
4339 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4340 Name[cs]=GIMP
4341
4342 \(fn)" t nil)
4343
4344 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4345 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4346 Comments start with `;'.
4347 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4348
4349 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4350
4351 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4352 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4353 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4354
4355 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4356 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4357
4358 \(fn)" t nil)
4359
4360 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4361 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4362 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4363 between `/*' and `*/'.
4364 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4365
4366 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4367 // another kind of comment
4368 /* yet another */
4369
4370 name:value
4371 name=value
4372 name value
4373 x.1 =
4374 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4375 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4376
4377 \(fn)" t nil)
4378
4379 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4380 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4381 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4382 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4383 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4384 `conf-space-keywords'.
4385 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4386 in an interactive fashion instead.
4387
4388 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4389
4390 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4391
4392 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4393 image/png png
4394 image/tiff tiff tif
4395
4396 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4397 class desktop
4398 # Standard multimedia devices
4399 add /dev/audio desktop
4400 add /dev/mixer desktop
4401
4402 \(fn)" t nil)
4403
4404 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4405 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4406 See `conf-space-mode'.
4407
4408 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4409
4410 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4411 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4412 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4413 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4414
4415 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4416
4417 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4418 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4419
4420 \(fn)" t nil)
4421
4422 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4423 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4424 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4425 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4426
4427 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4428
4429 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4430 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4431
4432 \(fn)" t nil)
4433
4434 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4435 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4436 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4437 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4438
4439 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4440
4441 *background: gray99
4442 *foreground: black
4443
4444 \(fn)" t nil)
4445
4446 ;;;***
4447 \f
4448 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4449 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18785 32027))
4450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4451
4452 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4453 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4454 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4455 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4456
4457 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4458
4459 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4460 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4461 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4462 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4463
4464 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4465
4466 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4467 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4468 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4469 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4470
4471 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4472
4473 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4474 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4475
4476 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4477
4478 ;;;***
4479 \f
4480 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4481 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19038
4482 ;;;;;; 35328))
4483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4484
4485 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4486 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4487 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4488 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4489 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4490 following the copyright are updated as well.
4491 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4492 interactively.
4493
4494 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4495
4496 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4497 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4498 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4499
4500 \(fn)" t nil)
4501
4502 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4503 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4504
4505 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4506
4507 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4508 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4509
4510 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4511
4512 ;;;***
4513 \f
4514 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4515 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19117 10054))
4516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4517 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4518 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4519 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4520 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4521 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4522 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4523 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4524
4525 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4526 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4527 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4528 Tab indents for Perl code.
4529 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4530 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4531
4532 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4533 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4534 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4535 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4536 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4537 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4538 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4539 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4540 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4541 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4542 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4543 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4544
4545 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4546
4547 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4548 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4549
4550 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4551
4552 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4553 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4554 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4555 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4556 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4557 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4558 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4559 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4560 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4561
4562 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4563
4564 bite if angry;
4565
4566 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4567 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4568 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4569 to nil.)
4570
4571 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4572 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4573 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4574
4575 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4576
4577 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4578 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4579 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4580 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4581 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4582
4583 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4584
4585 if (A) { B }
4586
4587 into
4588
4589 B if A;
4590
4591 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4592
4593 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4594 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4595 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4596 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4597 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4598 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4599 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4600 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4601 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4602 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4603 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4604 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4605 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4606
4607 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4608 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4609 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4610 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4611 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4612 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4613
4614 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4615 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4616 man via menu.
4617
4618 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4619 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4620 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4621 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4622 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4623
4624 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4625 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4626 span the needed amount of lines.
4627
4628 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4629 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4630 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4631 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4632
4633 Variables controlling indentation style:
4634 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4635 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4636 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4637 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4638 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4639 `cperl-auto-newline'
4640 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4641 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4642 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4643 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4644 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4645 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4646 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4647 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4648 `cperl-indent-level'
4649 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4650 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4651 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4652 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4653 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4654 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4655 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4656 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4657 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4658 `cperl-brace-offset'
4659 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4660 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4661 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4662 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4663 `cperl-label-offset'
4664 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4665 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4666 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4667
4668 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4669 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4670 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4671 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4672 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4673 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4674
4675 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4676 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4677 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4678 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4679
4680 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4681 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4682 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4683 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4684 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4685 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4686 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4687
4688 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4689 column 0 is indented on
4690 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4691
4692 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4693 with no args.
4694
4695 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4696 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4697 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4698
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4700
4701 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4702 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4703
4704 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4705
4706 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4707 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4708
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4710
4711 ;;;***
4712 \f
4713 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4714 ;;;;;; (18785 32045))
4715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4716
4717 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4718 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4719 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4720 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4721 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4722
4723 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4724
4725 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4726 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4727
4728 \(fn)" t nil)
4729
4730 ;;;***
4731 \f
4732 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4733 ;;;;;; (19113 41274))
4734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4735
4736 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4737 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4738 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4739 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4740
4741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4742 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4743
4744 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4745
4746 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4747 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4748 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4749
4750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4751
4752 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4753
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4757 ;;;;;; (18877 41170))
4758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4759
4760 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4761 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4762 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4763 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4764
4765 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4766 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4767 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4768 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4769
4770 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4771 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4772 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4773
4774 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4775 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4776 'bob', and 'eve'.
4777
4778 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4779 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4780 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4781
4782 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4783
4784 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4785 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4786 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4787
4788 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4789
4790 ;;;***
4791 \f
4792 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4793 ;;;;;; 44536))
4794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4796
4797 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4798 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4799
4800 \(fn)" t nil)
4801
4802 ;;;***
4803 \f
4804 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4805 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
4806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4807
4808 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4809 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4810 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4813 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4814
4815 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4816
4817 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4818 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4819 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4820 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4821 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4822
4823 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4824 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4825 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4826 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4827 function of these prefix keys.
4828
4829 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4830 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4831 options:
4832 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4833 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4834 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4835
4836 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4837 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4838 the prefix fallback behavior.
4839
4840 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4841 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4842 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4843 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4844
4845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4846
4847 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4848 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4849
4850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4851
4852 ;;;***
4853 \f
4854 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4855 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4856 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4857 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4858 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4859 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4860 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4861 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4862 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4863 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4864 ;;;;;; (19115 61709))
4865 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4866
4867 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4869
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4871
4872 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4873 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4874
4875 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4876
4877 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4878 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4879
4880 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4881 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4882
4883 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4884 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4885
4886 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4887 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4888
4889 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4890 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4891
4892 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4893
4894 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4895
4896 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4897 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4898 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4899
4900 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4901 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4902
4903 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4904 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4905
4906 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4907 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4908
4909 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4910
4911 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4912
4913 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4914 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4915 Return VALUE.
4916
4917 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4918 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4919
4920 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4921 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4922
4923 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4924 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4925
4926 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4927
4928 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4929
4930 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4931 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4932 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4933 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4934 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4935
4936 \(fn)" t nil)
4937
4938 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4939 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4940 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4941 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4942
4943 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4944
4945 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4946 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4947
4948 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4949
4950 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4951 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4952
4953 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4954
4955 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4956
4957 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4958 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4959
4960 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4961
4962 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4963
4964 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4965 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4966 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4967
4968 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4969
4970 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4971 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4972 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4973 as part of Emacs itself.
4974
4975 Each elements looks like this:
4976
4977 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4978
4979 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4980 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4981 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4982 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4983 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4984 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4985 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4986 and `defface'.
4987
4988 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4989
4990 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4991 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4992 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4993 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4994 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4995
4996 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4997 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4998 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4999 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5000
5001 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5002
5003 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5004 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5005 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5006 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5007 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5008
5009 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5010 that were added or redefined since that version.
5011
5012 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5016 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5017 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5018
5019 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5020 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5021
5022 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5023
5024 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5025 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5026 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5027
5028 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5029 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5030
5031 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5032
5033 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5035
5036 \(fn)" t nil)
5037
5038 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5040
5041 \(fn)" t nil)
5042
5043 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5044 Customize all already saved user options.
5045
5046 \(fn)" t nil)
5047
5048 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5049 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5050 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5051 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5052 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5053 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5054 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5055 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5056
5057 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5058
5059 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5060 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5061 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5062 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5063
5064 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5065
5066 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5067 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5068
5069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5070
5071 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5072 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5073
5074 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5075
5076 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5077 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5078 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5079 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5080 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5081 that option.
5082
5083 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5084
5085 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5086 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5087 The result includes selecting that window.
5088 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5089 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5090 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5091 that option.
5092
5093 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5094
5095 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5096 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5097
5098 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5099
5100 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5101 File used for storing customization information.
5102 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5103 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5104 it should be an absolute file name.
5105
5106 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5107 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5108 something like the following in your init file:
5109
5110 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5111 \(load custom-file)
5112
5113 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5114 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5115
5116 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5117 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5118 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5119 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5120 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5121
5122 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5123 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5124 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5125 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5126 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5127 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5128 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5129 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5130 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5131 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5132
5133 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5134
5135 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5136 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5137
5138 \(fn)" nil nil)
5139
5140 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5141 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5142
5143 \(fn)" t nil)
5144
5145 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5146 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5147 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5148
5149 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5150
5151 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5152 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5153 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5154 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5155 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5156
5157 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5158
5159 ;;;***
5160 \f
5161 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5162 ;;;;;; (18785 31770))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5164
5165 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5166 Create a custom theme.
5167
5168 \(fn)" t nil)
5169
5170 ;;;***
5171 \f
5172 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5173 ;;;;;; (18785 31771))
5174 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5175
5176 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5177 Mode used for cvs status output.
5178
5179 \(fn)" t nil)
5180
5181 ;;;***
5182 \f
5183 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5184 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19146 53668))
5185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5186
5187 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5188 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5189
5190 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5191
5192 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5193 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5194 C++ modes are included.
5195
5196 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5197
5198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5199
5200 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5201 Turn on CWarn mode.
5202
5203 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5204 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5205
5206 \(fn)" nil nil)
5207
5208 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5209 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5210 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5213 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5214
5215 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5216
5217 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5218 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5219 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5220 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5221 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5222
5223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5224
5225 ;;;***
5226 \f
5227 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5228 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5229 ;;;;;; (18785 31985))
5230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5231
5232 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5233 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5234
5235 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5236
5237 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5238 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5239
5240 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5241
5242 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5243 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5244 For readability, the table is slightly
5245 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5246
5247 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5248 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5249 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5250 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5251 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5252
5253 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5254
5255 ;;;***
5256 \f
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5258 ;;;;;; (19092 42733))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5260 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5261 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5262 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5263 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5264
5265 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5266 Completion on current word.
5267 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5268 and presents suggestions for completion.
5269
5270 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5271 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5272 completions.
5273
5274 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5275 then it searches *all* buffers.
5276
5277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5278
5279 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5280 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5281
5282 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5283 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5284 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5285 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5286 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5287
5288 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5289 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5290
5291 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5292 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5293 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5294
5295 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5296 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5297
5298 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5299
5300 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5301
5302 ;;;***
5303 \f
5304 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5305 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
5306 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5307
5308 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5309 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5310
5311 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5312
5313 ;;;***
5314 \f
5315 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19091
5316 ;;;;;; 47458))
5317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5318
5319 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5320 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5321 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5322 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5323 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5324
5325 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5326
5327 ;;;***
5328 \f
5329 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18785
5330 ;;;;;; 32046))
5331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5332
5333 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5334 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5335
5336 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5337 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5338 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5339
5340 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5341 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5342 Data lines are not indented.
5343
5344 Key bindings:
5345
5346 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5347 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5348
5349 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5350 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5351 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5352 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5353
5354 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5355
5356 dcl-basic-offset
5357 Extra indentation within blocks.
5358
5359 dcl-continuation-offset
5360 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5361
5362 dcl-margin-offset
5363 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5364
5365 dcl-margin-label-offset
5366 Indentation for a label.
5367
5368 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5369 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5370
5371 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5372 dcl-block-end-regexp
5373 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5374 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5375 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5376 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5377 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5378
5379 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5380 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5381 Two such functions are included in the package:
5382 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5383 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5384
5385 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5386 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5387 One such function is included in the package:
5388 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5389
5390 dcl-tab-always-indent
5391 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5392 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5393 margin.
5394
5395 dcl-electric-characters
5396 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5397 typed.
5398
5399 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5400 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5401 which words trigger electric indentation.
5402
5403 dcl-tempo-comma
5404 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5405 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5406 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5407
5408 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5409 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5410 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5411 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5412
5413 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5414 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5415 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5416 dcl-imenu-label-call
5417 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5418
5419 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5420 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5421 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5422 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5423
5424
5425 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5426
5427 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5428 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5429 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5430 $ i = 1
5431 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5432 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5433 $ label:
5434 $ if i.eq.1
5435 $ then
5436 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5437 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5438 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5439 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5440 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5441 \"lined up with the command line\"
5442 $ type sys$input
5443 Data lines are not indented at all.
5444 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5445 $ endif
5446 $
5447
5448
5449 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5450 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5451
5452 \(fn)" t nil)
5453
5454 ;;;***
5455 \f
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5457 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19146 53666))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5459
5460 (setq debugger 'debug)
5461
5462 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5463 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5464 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5465 of the evaluator.
5466
5467 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5468 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5469 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5470
5471 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5472
5473 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5474 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5475
5476 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5477
5478 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5479 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5480 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5481 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5482 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5483 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5484
5485 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5486 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5487
5488 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5489
5490 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5491 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5492 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5493 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5494 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5495
5496 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5501 ;;;;;; (19104 47795))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5503
5504 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5505 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5506
5507 \(fn)" t nil)
5508
5509 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5510 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5511 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5512 Upper-case letters are commands.
5513
5514 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5515 modify it.
5516
5517 The most useful commands are:
5518 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5519 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5520 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5521 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5522 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5523 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5524
5525 \(fn)" t nil)
5526
5527 ;;;***
5528 \f
5529 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5530 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18785
5531 ;;;;;; 31771))
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5533
5534 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5535 Customization of `columns' group.
5536
5537 \(fn)" t nil)
5538
5539 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5540 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5541
5542 START and END delimits the text region.
5543
5544 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5545
5546 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5547 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5548
5549 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5550
5551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5552
5553 ;;;***
5554 \f
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19113
5556 ;;;;;; 46565))
5557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5558
5559 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5560 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5561 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5562 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5563 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5564 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5565 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5566
5567 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5568
5569 Customization:
5570
5571 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5572 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5573 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5574 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5575 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5576 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5577 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5578 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5579 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5580 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5581 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5582 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5583 blank line.
5584 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5585 Directories to search when finding external units.
5586 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5587 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5588
5589 Coloring:
5590
5591 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5592 Face used to color delphi comments.
5593 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5594 Face used to color delphi strings.
5595 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5596 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5597 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5598 Face used to color everything else.
5599
5600 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5601 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5602
5603 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5604
5605 ;;;***
5606 \f
5607 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18785
5608 ;;;;;; 31771))
5609 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5610
5611 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5612
5613 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5614 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5615 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5618 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5619
5620 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5621
5622 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5623 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5624 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5625 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5626
5627 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5628 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5629 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5630 any selection.
5631
5632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5633
5634 ;;;***
5635 \f
5636 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5637 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19123 13158))
5638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5639
5640 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5641 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5642
5643 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5644
5645 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5646 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5647 or nil if there is no parent.
5648 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5649 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5650 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5651 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5652 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5653
5654 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5655 arguments are currently understood:
5656 :group GROUP
5657 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5658 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5659 :syntax-table TABLE
5660 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5661 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5662 :abbrev-table TABLE
5663 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5664 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5665
5666 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5667
5668 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5669
5670 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5671 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5672 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5673
5674 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5675 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5676
5677 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5678 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5679 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5680
5681 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5682 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5683
5684 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5685 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5686
5687 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5688
5689 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5690
5691 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5692 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5693 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5694 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5695 the first time the mode is used.
5696
5697 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5698
5699 ;;;***
5700 \f
5701 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5702 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19146 53664))
5703 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5704
5705 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5706 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5707 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5708 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5709 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5710 otherwise.
5711
5712 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5713
5714 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5715 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5716 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5717 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5718 character composition information (if relevant),
5719 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5720
5721 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5722
5723 ;;;***
5724 \f
5725 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5726 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5727 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5728 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19146 53664))
5729 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5730
5731 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5732 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5733 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5734
5735 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5736
5737 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5738 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5739 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5740 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5741 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5742 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5743
5744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5745
5746 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5747 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5748 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5749 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5750
5751 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5752
5753 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5754 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5755 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5756
5757 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5758 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5759 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5760
5761 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5762 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5763
5764 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5765 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5766 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5767
5768 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5769 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5770 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5771 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5772
5773 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5774
5775 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5776 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5777
5778 Handlers are called with argument list
5779
5780 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5781
5782 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5783
5784 desktop-file-version
5785 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5786 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5787 desktop-buffer-point
5788 desktop-buffer-mark
5789 desktop-buffer-read-only
5790 desktop-buffer-locals
5791
5792 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5793 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5794
5795 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5796 code like
5797
5798 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5799 ...
5800 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5801 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5802
5803 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5804
5805 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5806
5807 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5808 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5809 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5810 List elements must have the form
5811
5812 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5813
5814 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5815 function.
5816
5817 Handlers are called with argument list
5818
5819 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5820
5821 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5822
5823 desktop-file-version
5824 desktop-buffer-file-name
5825 desktop-buffer-name
5826 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5827 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5828 desktop-buffer-point
5829 desktop-buffer-mark
5830 desktop-buffer-read-only
5831 desktop-buffer-misc
5832
5833 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5834 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5835 created and set.
5836
5837 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5838 code like
5839
5840 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5841 ...
5842 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5843 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5844
5845 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5846
5847 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5848
5849 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5850
5851 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5852 Empty the Desktop.
5853 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5854 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5855 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5856
5857 \(fn)" t nil)
5858
5859 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5860 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5861 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5862 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5863 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5864
5865 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5866
5867 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5868 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5869 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5870
5871 \(fn)" t nil)
5872
5873 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5874 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5875 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5876 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5877 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5878 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5879 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5880 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5881
5882 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5883
5884 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5885 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5886 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5887
5888 \(fn)" nil nil)
5889
5890 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5891 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5892 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5893 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5894 directory DIRNAME.
5895
5896 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5897
5898 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5899 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5900
5901 \(fn)" t nil)
5902
5903 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5904 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5905
5906 \(fn)" t nil)
5907
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5911 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5912 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18793 25500))
5913 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5914
5915 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5916 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5917 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5918 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5919 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5920 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5921
5922 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5923
5924 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5925 Repair a broken attribution line.
5926 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5927
5928 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5929
5930 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5931 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5932 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5933 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5934
5935 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5936
5937 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5938 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5939
5940 \(fn)" t nil)
5941
5942 ;;;***
5943 \f
5944 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5945 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19146 53665))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5947
5948 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5949 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5950 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5951 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5952 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5953
5954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5955
5956 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5957 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5958 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5959 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5960
5961 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5962 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5963 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5964 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5965
5966 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5967 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5968
5969 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5970 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5971 calendar-date-style 'european
5972 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5973
5974 \(diary-mail-entries)
5975
5976 # diary-rem.el ends here
5977
5978 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5979
5980 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5981 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5982
5983 \(fn)" t nil)
5984
5985 ;;;***
5986 \f
5987 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5988 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18793 9940))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5990
5991 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5992 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5993
5994 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5995
5996 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5997 The command to use to run diff.")
5998
5999 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6000
6001 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6002 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6003 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6004 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6005 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6006 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6007
6008 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6009 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6010 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6011
6012 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6013
6014 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6015 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6016 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6017 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6018 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6019 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6020
6021 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6022
6023 ;;;***
6024 \f
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6026 ;;;;;; (19111 49183))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6028
6029 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6030 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6031 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6032 normal diffs.
6033
6034 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6035 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6036 headers for you on-the-fly.
6037
6038 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6039 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6040 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6041
6042 \\{diff-mode-map}
6043
6044 \(fn)" t nil)
6045
6046 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6047 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6048 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6049
6050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6051
6052 ;;;***
6053 \f
6054 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19130 52559))
6055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6056
6057 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6058 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6059 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6060
6061 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6062
6063 ;;;***
6064 \f
6065 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6066 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6067 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6068 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6069 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (19146 53664))
6070 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6071
6072 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6073 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6074 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6075 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6076 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6077 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6078 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6079 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6080
6081 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6082
6083 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6084 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6085
6086 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6087 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6088 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6089 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6090 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6091
6092 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6093 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6094
6095 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6096 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6097 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6098 always set this variable to t.")
6099
6100 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6101
6102 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6103 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6104 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6105 A value of t means move to first file.")
6106
6107 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6108
6109 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6110 Controls marking of renamed files.
6111 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6112 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6113 are afterward marked with that character.")
6114
6115 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6116
6117 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6118 Controls marking of copied files.
6119 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6120 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6121
6122 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6123
6124 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6125 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6126 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6127 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6128
6129 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6130
6131 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6132 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6133 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6134 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6135
6136 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6137
6138 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6139 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6140 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6141 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6142
6143 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6144
6145 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6146
6147 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6148 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6149 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6150
6151 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6152
6153 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6154 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6155 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6156 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6157 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6158 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6159
6160 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6161 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6162 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6163 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6164 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6165 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6166 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6167 list of files to make directory entries for.
6168 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6169 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6170 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6171 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6172
6173 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6174
6175 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6176 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6177
6178 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6179 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6180
6181 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6182 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6183
6184 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6185 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6186
6187 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6190 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6191
6192 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6193
6194 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6195 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6196 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6197 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6198 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6199 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6200 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6201 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6202 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6203 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6204 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6205 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6206 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6207 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6208 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6209 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6210 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6211 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6212 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6213 to see why something went wrong.
6214 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6215 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6216 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6217 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6218 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6219 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6220 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6221 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6222 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6223 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6224 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6225 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6226 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6227
6228 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6229 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6230 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6231 again for the directory tree.
6232
6233 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6234 for more info):
6235
6236 `dired-listing-switches'
6237 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6238 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6239 `dired-marker-char'
6240 `dired-del-marker'
6241 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6242 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6243 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6244 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6245
6246 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6247
6248 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6249 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6250 `dired-mode-hook'
6251 `dired-load-hook'
6252
6253 Keybindings:
6254 \\{dired-mode-map}
6255
6256 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6257 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6258
6259 ;;;***
6260 \f
6261 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6262 ;;;;;; (18785 31774))
6263 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6264
6265 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6266 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6267 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6268 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6269 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6270 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6271 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6272
6273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6274
6275 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6276 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6277 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6278
6279 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6280
6281 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6282 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6283
6284 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6285
6286 ;;;***
6287 \f
6288 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18785
6289 ;;;;;; 31898))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6291
6292 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6293 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6294 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6295 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6296 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6297 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6298
6299 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6300
6301 ;;;***
6302 \f
6303 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6304 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6305 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6306 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6307 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6308 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19096 37250))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6310
6311 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6312 Return a new, empty display table.
6313
6314 \(fn)" nil nil)
6315
6316 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6317 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6318 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6319 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6320 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6321
6322 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6323
6324 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6325 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6326 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6327 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6328 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6329
6330 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6331
6332 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6333 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6334
6335 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6336
6337 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6338 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6339
6340 \(fn)" t nil)
6341
6342 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6343 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6344
6345 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6346
6347 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6348 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6349
6350 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6351
6352 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6353 Display character C using printable string S.
6354
6355 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6356
6357 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6358 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6359 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6360 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6361
6362 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6363
6364 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6365 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6366 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6367 X frame.
6368
6369 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6370
6371 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6372 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6373
6374 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6375
6376 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6377 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6378
6379 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6380
6381 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6382 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6383
6384 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6385
6386 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6387 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6388
6389 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6390
6391 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6392 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6393
6394 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6395
6396 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6397 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6398
6399 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6400 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6401
6402 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6403 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6404
6405 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6406 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6407 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6408 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6409
6410 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6411 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6412 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6413 in `.emacs'.
6414
6415 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6416
6417 ;;;***
6418 \f
6419 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6420 ;;;;;; (18785 32028))
6421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6422
6423 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6424 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6425 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6426 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6427 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6428 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6429 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6430 Default is 2.
6431
6432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6433
6434 ;;;***
6435 \f
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6437 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18785 32081))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6439
6440 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6441 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6442 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6443 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6444 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6445 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6446 table and its own syntax table.
6447
6448 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6449
6450 \(fn)" t nil)
6451 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6452
6453 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6454 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6455
6456 \(fn)" t nil)
6457 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6458
6459 ;;;***
6460 \f
6461 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6462 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19040 54393))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6464
6465 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6466 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6467 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6468
6469 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6470
6471 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6472 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6473
6474 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6475 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6476
6477 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6478 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6479 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6480
6481 \(fn)" t nil)
6482
6483 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6484 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6485 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6486 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6487
6488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6489
6490 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6491 Not documented
6492
6493 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6494
6495 ;;;***
6496 \f
6497 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19013 40510))
6498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6499
6500 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6501 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6502
6503 \(fn)" t nil)
6504
6505 ;;;***
6506 \f
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18790 55819))
6508 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6509
6510 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6511 Toggle Double mode.
6512 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6513 turn it off.
6514
6515 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6516 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6517
6518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6519
6520 ;;;***
6521 \f
6522 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18785 32028))
6523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6524
6525 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6526 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6527
6528 \(fn)" t nil)
6529
6530 ;;;***
6531 \f
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6533 ;;;;;; (18785 31952))
6534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6535
6536 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6537 Play sounds in message buffers.
6538
6539 \(fn)" t nil)
6540
6541 ;;;***
6542 \f
6543 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6544 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6545 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19146 53666))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6547
6548 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6549
6550 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6551 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6552 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6553 and toggle command MODE.
6554
6555 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6556 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6557 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6558 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6559 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6560 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6561 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6562 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6563 used (see below).
6564
6565 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6566 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6567 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6568 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6569 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6570 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6571 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6572 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6573 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6574 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6575 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6576 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6577 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6578 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6579 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6580 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6581 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6582
6583 For example, you could write
6584 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6585 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6586 ...BODY CODE...)
6587
6588 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6589
6590 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6591
6592 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6593
6594 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6595 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6596 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6597 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6598 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6599 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6600 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6601 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6602 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6603 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6604 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6605 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6606
6607 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6608 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6609 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6610 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6611 call another major mode in their body.
6612
6613 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6614
6615 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6616 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6617 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6618 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6619 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6620 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6621 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6622
6623 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6624
6625 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6626 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6627 :inherit Parent keymap.
6628 :group Ignored.
6629 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6630 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6631
6632 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6633
6634 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6635 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6636 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6637 the constant's documentation.
6638
6639 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6640
6641 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6642 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6643 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6644
6645 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6646
6647 ;;;***
6648 \f
6649 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6650 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18785
6651 ;;;;;; 31898))
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6653
6654 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6655
6656 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6657 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6658
6659 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6660 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6661 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6662
6663 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6664 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6665
6666 :filter FUNCTION
6667
6668 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6669 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6670
6671 :visible INCLUDE
6672
6673 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6674 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6675
6676 :active ENABLE
6677
6678 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6679 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6680
6681 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6682
6683 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6684
6685 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6686
6687 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6688 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6689
6690 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6691 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6692
6693 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6694
6695 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6696
6697 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6698
6699 :keys KEYS
6700
6701 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6702 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6703 computed automatically.
6704 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6705
6706 :key-sequence KEYS
6707
6708 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6709 menu item.
6710 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6711 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6712 keyboard equivalent.
6713
6714 :active ENABLE
6715
6716 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6717 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6718
6719 :visible INCLUDE
6720
6721 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6722 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6723
6724 :label FORM
6725
6726 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6727 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6728
6729 :suffix FORM
6730
6731 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6732 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6733
6734 :style STYLE
6735
6736 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6737 defined:
6738
6739 toggle: A checkbox.
6740 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6741 radio: A radio button.
6742 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6743 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6744 menu bar itself.
6745 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6746
6747 :selected SELECTED
6748
6749 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6750 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6751
6752 :help HELP
6753
6754 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6755
6756 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6757 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6758 as a solid horizontal line.
6759
6760 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6761
6762 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6763
6764 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6765 Not documented
6766
6767 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6768
6769 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6770 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6771 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6772 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6773
6774 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6775
6776 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6777 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6778 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6779 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6780 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6781 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6782
6783 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6784 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6785 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6786
6787 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6788 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6789 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6790
6791 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6792 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6793
6794 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6795
6796 ;;;***
6797 \f
6798 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6799 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6800 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6801 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6802 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6803 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6804 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6805 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18785 32052))
6806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6807
6808 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6809 Customization for ebnf group.
6810
6811 \(fn)" t nil)
6812
6813 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6814 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6815
6816 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6817
6818 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6819 processed.
6820
6821 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6822
6823 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6824
6825 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6826 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6827
6828 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6829 killed after process termination.
6830
6831 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6832
6833 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6834
6835 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6836 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6837
6838 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6839 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6840 it to the printer.
6841
6842 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6843 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6844 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6845 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6846
6847 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6848
6849 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6850 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6851 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6852
6853 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6857
6858 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6859
6860 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6861 processed.
6862
6863 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6864
6865 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6866
6867 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6868 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6869
6870 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6871 killed after process termination.
6872
6873 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6874
6875 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6876
6877 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6878 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6879 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6880 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6881
6882 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6883
6884 \(fn)" t nil)
6885
6886 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6887 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6888 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6889
6890 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6891
6892 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6893
6894 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6895 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6896
6897 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6898
6899 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6900 processed.
6901
6902 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6903
6904 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6905
6906 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6907 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6908
6909 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6910 killed after EPS generation.
6911
6912 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6913
6914 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6915
6916 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6917 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6918
6919 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6920 The EPS file name has the following form:
6921
6922 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6923
6924 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6925 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6926
6927 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6928 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6929 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6930 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6931 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6932
6933 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6934 files.
6935
6936 \(fn)" t nil)
6937
6938 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6939 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6940
6941 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6942 The EPS file name has the following form:
6943
6944 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6945
6946 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6947 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6948
6949 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6950 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6951 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6952 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6953 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6954
6955 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6956 files.
6957
6958 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6959
6960 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6961
6962 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6963 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6964
6965 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6966
6967 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6968 are processed.
6969
6970 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6971
6972 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6973
6974 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6975 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6976
6977 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6978 killed after syntax checking.
6979
6980 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6981
6982 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6983
6984 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6985 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6986
6987 \(fn)" t nil)
6988
6989 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6990 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6991
6992 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6993
6994 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6995 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6996
6997 \(fn)" nil nil)
6998
6999 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7000 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7001
7002 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7003
7004 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7005
7006 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7007 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7008
7009 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7010
7011 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7012
7013 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7014 Delete style NAME.
7015
7016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7017
7018 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7022
7023 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7024
7025 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7026
7027 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7028 Set STYLE as the current style.
7029
7030 Returns the old style symbol.
7031
7032 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7033
7034 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7035
7036 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7037 Reset current style.
7038
7039 Returns the old style symbol.
7040
7041 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7042
7043 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7044
7045 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7046 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7047
7048 Returns the old style symbol.
7049
7050 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7051
7052 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7053
7054 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7055
7056 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7057 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7058
7059 Returns the old style symbol.
7060
7061 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7062
7063 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7064
7065 \(fn)" t nil)
7066
7067 ;;;***
7068 \f
7069 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7070 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7071 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7072 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7073 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7074 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7075 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7076 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7077 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7078 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7079 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19100
7080 ;;;;;; 52260))
7081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7082
7083 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7084 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7085 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7086 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7087 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7088 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7089
7090 Tree mode key bindings:
7091 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7092
7093 \(fn)" t nil)
7094
7095 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7096 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7097
7098 \(fn)" t nil)
7099
7100 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7101 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7102
7103 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7104
7105 \(fn)" nil nil)
7106
7107 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7108 View declaration of member at point.
7109
7110 \(fn)" t nil)
7111
7112 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7113 Find declaration of member at point.
7114
7115 \(fn)" t nil)
7116
7117 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7118 View definition of member at point.
7119
7120 \(fn)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7123 Find definition of member at point.
7124
7125 \(fn)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7128 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7129
7130 \(fn)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7133 View definition of member at point in other window.
7134
7135 \(fn)" t nil)
7136
7137 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7138 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7139
7140 \(fn)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7143 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7144
7145 \(fn)" t nil)
7146
7147 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7148 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7149
7150 \(fn)" t nil)
7151
7152 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7153 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7154
7155 \(fn)" t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7158 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7159 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7160 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7161 completion.
7162
7163 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7166 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7167 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7168 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7169
7170 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7171
7172 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7173 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7174 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7175 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7176
7177 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7178
7179 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7180 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7181 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7182
7183 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7184
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7186 Search for call sites of a member.
7187 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7188 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7189 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7190 looks like a function call to the member.
7191
7192 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7193
7194 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7195 Move backward in the position stack.
7196 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7197
7198 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7201 Move forward in the position stack.
7202 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7203
7204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7207 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7208
7209 \(fn)" t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7212 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7213
7214 \(fn)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7217 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7218 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7219 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7220
7221 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7222
7223 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7224 Display statistics for a class tree.
7225
7226 \(fn)" t nil)
7227
7228 ;;;***
7229 \f
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7231 ;;;;;; (18785 31777))
7232 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7233
7234 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7235 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7236 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7237 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7238
7239 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7240 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7241 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7242
7243 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7244 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7245 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7246
7247 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7248
7249 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7250
7251 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7252
7253 ;;;***
7254 \f
7255 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7256 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18785 31777))
7257 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7258
7259 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7260 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7261 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7262
7263 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7264
7265 ;;;***
7266 \f
7267 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7268 ;;;;;; (19111 30027))
7269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7270
7271 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7272 Not documented
7273
7274 \(fn)" nil nil)
7275
7276 ;;;***
7277 \f
7278 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19146 53665))
7279 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7280
7281 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7282 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7283 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7286 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7287
7288 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7289
7290 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7291 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7292 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7293 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7294
7295 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7296 an EDE controlled project.
7297
7298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7299
7300 ;;;***
7301 \f
7302 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7303 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19095 22852))
7305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7306
7307 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7308 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7309 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7310 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7311 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7312
7313 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7314 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7315 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7316 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7317
7318 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7319
7320 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7321 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7322 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7323 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7324
7325 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7326
7327 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7328 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7329 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7330 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7331
7332 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7333
7334 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7335
7336 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7337 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7338 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7339 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7340 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7341
7342 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7343 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7344 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7345 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7346 instrumented for Edebug.
7347
7348 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7349 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7350 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7351 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7352 already is one.)
7353
7354 \(fn)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7357 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7358
7359 \(fn)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7362 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7363
7364 \(fn)" t nil)
7365
7366 ;;;***
7367 \f
7368 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7369 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7370 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7371 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7372 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7373 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7374 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7375 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7376 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7377 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19146 53664))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7379
7380 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7381 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7382
7383 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7386 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7387
7388 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7389
7390 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7391
7392 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7395 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7396 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7397 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7398
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7402 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7403 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7404 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7405
7406 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7409 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7410
7411 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7412
7413 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7416 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7417
7418 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7419
7420 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7421
7422 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7423 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7424 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7425 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7426
7427 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7428
7429 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7432 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7433 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7434 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7435
7436 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7437
7438 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7439
7440 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7441 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7442 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7443 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7444
7445 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7446
7447 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7450 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7451 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7452 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7453
7454 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7455
7456 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7457
7458 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7459 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7460 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7461 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7462 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7463 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7464
7465 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7466
7467 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7468 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7469 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7470 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7471
7472 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7473
7474 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7475
7476 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7477 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7478 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7479 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7480
7481 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7482
7483 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7484
7485 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7486
7487 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7488 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7489 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7490 follows:
7491 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7492 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7493
7494 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7497 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7498 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7499 follows:
7500 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7501 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7502
7503 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7506 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7507 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7508 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7509 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7510
7511 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7512
7513 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7514 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7515 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7516 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7517 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7518 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7519
7520 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7521
7522 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7523
7524 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7525 Merge two files without ancestor.
7526
7527 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7528
7529 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7530 Merge two files with ancestor.
7531
7532 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7533
7534 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7535
7536 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7537 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7538
7539 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7540
7541 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7542 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7543
7544 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7545
7546 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7547 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7548 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7549 buffer.
7550
7551 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7552
7553 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7554 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7555 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7556 buffer.
7557
7558 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7559
7560 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7561 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7562 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7563 and don't ask the user.
7564 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7565 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7566
7567 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7570 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7571 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7572 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7573 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7574 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7575 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7576 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7577
7578 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7579
7580 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7581
7582 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7583
7584 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7585 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7586 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7587 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7588 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7589
7590 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7591
7592 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7593
7594 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7595 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7596 When called interactively, displays the version.
7597
7598 \(fn)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7601 Display Ediff's manual.
7602 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7603
7604 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7605
7606 ;;;***
7607 \f
7608 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7609 ;;;;;; (18785 31778))
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7611
7612 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7613 Not documented
7614
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7616
7617 ;;;***
7618 \f
7619 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7620 ;;;;;; (18820 52309))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7624 Display Ediff's registry.
7625
7626 \(fn)" t nil)
7627
7628 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7629
7630 ;;;***
7631 \f
7632 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7633 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18989 10358))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7635
7636 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7637 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7638 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7639 which see.
7640
7641 \(fn)" t nil)
7642
7643 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7644 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7645 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7646 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7647
7648 \(fn)" t nil)
7649
7650 ;;;***
7651 \f
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7653 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7654 ;;;;;; (18972 20182))
7655 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7656
7657 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7658 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7659 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7660
7661 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7662 Edit a keyboard macro.
7663 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7664 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7665 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7666 its command name.
7667 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7668
7669 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7670
7671 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7672 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7673
7674 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7675
7676 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7677 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7678
7679 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7680
7681 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7682 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7683 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7684 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7685 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7686 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7687
7688 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7689 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7690 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7691 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7692
7693 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7694
7695 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7696 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7697 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7698 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7699 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7700 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7701
7702 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7703
7704 ;;;***
7705 \f
7706 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7707 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19146 53666))
7708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7709
7710 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7711 Set scroll margins.
7712 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7713 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7714
7715 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7716
7717 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7718 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7719
7720 \(fn)" t nil)
7721
7722 ;;;***
7723 \f
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7725 ;;;;;; (19096 3520))
7726 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7727
7728 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7729 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7730 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7731 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7732 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7733 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7734 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7735
7736 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7737 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7738
7739 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7740 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7741 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7742 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7743
7744 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7745 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7746 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7747
7748 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7749 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7750 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7751
7752 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7753
7754 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7755 Not documented
7756
7757 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7758
7759 ;;;***
7760 \f
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7762 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19146 53666))
7763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7764
7765 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7766 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7767
7768 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7769
7770 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7771 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7772 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7773 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7774 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7775 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7776 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7777
7778 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7779
7780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7781
7782 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7783 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7784
7785 \(fn)" t nil)
7786
7787 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7788 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7789 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7790 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7791 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7792 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7793 arg list.
7794
7795 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7796 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7797 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7798 effect.
7799
7800 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7801 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7802
7803 ;;;***
7804 \f
7805 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19146
7806 ;;;;;; 53664))
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7808
7809 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7810 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7811
7812 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7813 an elided material again.
7814
7815 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7816
7817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7818
7819 ;;;***
7820 \f
7821 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7822 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7823 ;;;;;; (19141 18862))
7824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7825
7826 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7827 Lint the file FILE.
7828
7829 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7830
7831 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7832 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7833 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7834
7835 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7838 Lint the current buffer.
7839 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7840
7841 \(fn)" t nil)
7842
7843 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7844 Lint the function at point.
7845 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7846
7847 \(fn)" t nil)
7848
7849 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7850 Initialize elint.
7851 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7852 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7853
7854 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7855
7856 ;;;***
7857 \f
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7859 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19141
7860 ;;;;;; 18862))
7861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7862
7863 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7864 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7865 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7866
7867 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7868
7869 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7870 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7871 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7872 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7873
7874 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7875
7876 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7877 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7878 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7879
7880 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7881
7882 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7885 Display current profiling results.
7886 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7887 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7888 displayed.
7889
7890 \(fn)" t nil)
7891
7892 ;;;***
7893 \f
7894 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7895 ;;;;;; (19103 26694))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7897
7898 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7899 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7900 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7901
7902 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7903
7904 ;;;***
7905 \f
7906 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7907 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7908 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7909 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7910 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19146 53664))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7912
7913 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7914 Run Emerge on two files.
7915
7916 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7919 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7920
7921 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7924 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7925
7926 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7929 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7930
7931 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7932
7933 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7934 Not documented
7935
7936 \(fn)" nil nil)
7937
7938 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7939 Not documented
7940
7941 \(fn)" nil nil)
7942
7943 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7944 Not documented
7945
7946 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7947
7948 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7949 Not documented
7950
7951 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7952
7953 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7954 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7955
7956 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7959 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7960
7961 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7962
7963 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7964 Not documented
7965
7966 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7967
7968 ;;;***
7969 \f
7970 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7971 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18785 32081))
7972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7973
7974 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7975 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7976 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7977 text/enriched format.
7978 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7979
7980 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7981 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7982
7983 Commands:
7984
7985 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7986
7987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7988
7989 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7990 Not documented
7991
7992 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7993
7994 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7995 Not documented
7996
7997 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7998
7999 ;;;***
8000 \f
8001 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8002 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8003 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8004 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8005 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8006 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19137
8007 ;;;;;; 33009))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8009
8010 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8011 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8012
8013 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8014
8015 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8016 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8017
8018 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8021 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8022 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8023 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8024 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8025 the keys are listed.
8026 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8027
8028 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8029
8030 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8031 Decrypt FILE.
8032
8033 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8036 Verify FILE.
8037
8038 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8039
8040 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8041 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8042
8043 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8046 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8047
8048 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8049
8050 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8051 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8052
8053 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8054 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8055 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8056 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8057 should consider using the string based counterpart
8058 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8059 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8060
8061 For example:
8062
8063 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8064 (decode-coding-string
8065 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8066 'utf-8))
8067
8068 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8069
8070 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8071 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8072
8073 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8074 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8075
8076 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8079 Verify the current region between START and END.
8080
8081 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8082 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8083 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8084 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8085 should consider using the string based counterpart
8086 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8087 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8088
8089 For example:
8090
8091 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8092 (decode-coding-string
8093 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8094 'utf-8))
8095
8096 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8097
8098 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8099 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8100 between START and END.
8101
8102 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8103 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8104
8105 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8106
8107 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8108 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8109
8110 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8111 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8112 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8113 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8114 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8115 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8116
8117 For example:
8118
8119 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8120 (epg-sign-string
8121 context
8122 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8123
8124 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8127 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8128
8129 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8130 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8131 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8132 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8133 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8134 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8135
8136 For example:
8137
8138 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8139 (epg-encrypt-string
8140 context
8141 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8142 nil))
8143
8144 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8147 Delete selected KEYS.
8148
8149 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8150
8151 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8152 Import keys from FILE.
8153
8154 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8155
8156 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8157 Import keys from the region.
8158
8159 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8160
8161 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8162 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8163 between START and END.
8164
8165 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8168 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8169
8170 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8171
8172 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8173 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8174
8175 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8176
8177 ;;;***
8178 \f
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8180 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18785 31784))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8182
8183 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8184 Decrypt marked files.
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8189 Verify marked files.
8190
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8192
8193 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8194 Sign marked files.
8195
8196 \(fn)" t nil)
8197
8198 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8199 Encrypt marked files.
8200
8201 \(fn)" t nil)
8202
8203 ;;;***
8204 \f
8205 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8206 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19130 52558))
8207 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8208
8209 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8210 Not documented
8211
8212 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8213
8214 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8215 Not documented
8216
8217 \(fn)" t nil)
8218
8219 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8220 Not documented
8221
8222 \(fn)" t nil)
8223
8224 ;;;***
8225 \f
8226 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8227 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8228 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18785 31785))
8229 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8230
8231 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8232 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8233
8234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8237 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8238 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8239
8240 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8241
8242 \(fn)" t nil)
8243
8244 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8245 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8246 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8247
8248 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8249
8250 \(fn)" t nil)
8251
8252 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8253 Sign the current buffer.
8254 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8255
8256 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8257
8258 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8261 Encrypt the current buffer.
8262 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8263
8264 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8265
8266 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8269 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8270 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8271
8272 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8273
8274 \(fn)" t nil)
8275
8276 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8277 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8278 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8280 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8281 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8282
8283 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8284
8285 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8286 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8287
8288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8289
8290 ;;;***
8291 \f
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19129 27184))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8294
8295 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8296 Return a context object.
8297
8298 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8299
8300 ;;;***
8301 \f
8302 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8303 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18785 31786))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8305
8306 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8307 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8308
8309 \(fn)" nil nil)
8310
8311 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8312 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8313
8314 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8315
8316 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8317 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8318
8319 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8320
8321 ;;;***
8322 \f
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8324 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19046 33175))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8326
8327 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8328 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8329
8330 \(fn)" nil nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8333 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8334 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8335
8336 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8337
8338 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8339 (server (erc-compute-server))
8340 (port (erc-compute-port))
8341 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8342 password
8343 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8344
8345 That is, if called with
8346
8347 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8348
8349 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8350 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8351 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8352
8353 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8354
8355 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8356
8357 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8358 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8359 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8360 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8361
8362 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8363
8364 ;;;***
8365 \f
8366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18785
8367 ;;;;;; 31928))
8368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8369 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8370
8371 ;;;***
8372 \f
8373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19137 28302))
8374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8375 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8376
8377 ;;;***
8378 \f
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18785 31929))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8381 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8382
8383 ;;;***
8384 \f
8385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18785 31929))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8387 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8388
8389 ;;;***
8390 \f
8391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8392 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18799 65318))
8393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8394 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8395
8396 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8397 Parser for /dcc command.
8398 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8399 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8400 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8401
8402 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8405 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8406
8407 \(fn)" nil nil)
8408
8409 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8410 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8411
8412 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8413 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8414 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8415 that subcommand.
8416
8417 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8418
8419 ;;;***
8420 \f
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8422 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8423 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8424 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8425 ;;;;;; (18785 31930))
8426 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8427
8428 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8429 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8430
8431 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8434 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8435 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8436 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8437
8438 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8439
8440 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8441 Not documented
8442
8443 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8444
8445 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8446 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8447
8448 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8449
8450 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8451 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8452
8453 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8454
8455 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8456 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8457
8458 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8459
8460 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8461 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8462
8463 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8464
8465 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8466 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8467
8468 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8469
8470 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8471 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8472
8473 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8474
8475 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8476 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8477
8478 \(fn)" nil nil)
8479
8480 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8481 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8482
8483 \(fn)" nil nil)
8484
8485 ;;;***
8486 \f
8487 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18785
8488 ;;;;;; 31930))
8489 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8490 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8491
8492 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8493 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8494 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8495
8496 \(fn)" nil nil)
8497
8498 ;;;***
8499 \f
8500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18785
8501 ;;;;;; 31931))
8502 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8503 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8504
8505 ;;;***
8506 \f
8507 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8508 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18785 31932))
8509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8510 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8511
8512 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8513 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8514 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8515 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8516 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8517 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8518 system.
8519
8520 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8523 Not documented
8524
8525 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8526
8527 ;;;***
8528 \f
8529 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8530 ;;;;;; (18785 31932))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8532
8533 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8534 Not documented
8535
8536 \(fn)" nil nil)
8537
8538 ;;;***
8539 \f
8540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18785 31932))
8541 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8542 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8543
8544 ;;;***
8545 \f
8546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18785 31933))
8547 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8548 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8549
8550 ;;;***
8551 \f
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8553 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18785 31933))
8554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8555 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8556
8557 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8558 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8559 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8560 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8561 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8562 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8563
8564 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8565
8566 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8567 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8568 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8569 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8570
8571 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8572 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8573 automatically.
8574
8575 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8576 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8577
8578 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8579
8580 ;;;***
8581 \f
8582 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8583 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8584 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8585 ;;;;;; (18785 31933))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8587 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8588
8589 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8590 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8591
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8593
8594 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8595 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8596
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8598
8599 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8600 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8601
8602 \(fn)" t nil)
8603
8604 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8605 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8606
8607 \(fn)" t nil)
8608
8609 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8610 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8611
8612 \(fn)" t nil)
8613
8614 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8615 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8616
8617 \(fn)" t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8620 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8621
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8625 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8626
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8628
8629 ;;;***
8630 \f
8631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18785 31933))
8632 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8633 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8634
8635 ;;;***
8636 \f
8637 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8638 ;;;;;; (18785 31934))
8639 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8640 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8641
8642 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8643 Show who's gone.
8644
8645 \(fn)" nil nil)
8646
8647 ;;;***
8648 \f
8649 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8650 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18785 31934))
8651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8652
8653 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8654 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8655 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8656 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8657
8658 \(fn)" nil nil)
8659
8660 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8661 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8662
8663 \(fn)" t nil)
8664
8665 ;;;***
8666 \f
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8668 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18785 31934))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8671
8672 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8673 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8674 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8675 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8676
8677 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8678
8679 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8680 Not documented
8681
8682 \(fn)" nil nil)
8683
8684 ;;;***
8685 \f
8686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18785 31934))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8688 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8689
8690 ;;;***
8691 \f
8692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18785
8693 ;;;;;; 31935))
8694 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8695 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8696
8697 ;;;***
8698 \f
8699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18785 31935))
8700 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8701 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8702
8703 ;;;***
8704 \f
8705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18785 31935))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8707 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8708
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8712 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18785 31936))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8714 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8715
8716 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8717 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8718
8719 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8720
8721 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8722 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8723 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8724
8725 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8726
8727 ;;;***
8728 \f
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18785 31936))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8732
8733 ;;;***
8734 \f
8735 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8736 ;;;;;; (18785 31936))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8738
8739 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8740 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8741 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8742
8743 \(fn)" t nil)
8744
8745 ;;;***
8746 \f
8747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18785
8748 ;;;;;; 31938))
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8750 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8751
8752 ;;;***
8753 \f
8754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18785 31939))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8756 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8757
8758 ;;;***
8759 \f
8760 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8761 ;;;;;; (18785 31941))
8762 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8763
8764 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8765 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8766 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8767
8768 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8769
8770 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8771 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8772 mode line.
8773
8774 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8775 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8776 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8777
8778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8779 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8780
8781 ;;;***
8782 \f
8783 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8784 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18785 31941))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8787
8788 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8789 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8790 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8791 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8792
8793 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8794
8795 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8796 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8797 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8798
8799 \(fn)" t nil)
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8804 ;;;;;; (18785 31941))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8807
8808 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8809 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8810
8811 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8812
8813 ;;;***
8814 \f
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19146
8816 ;;;;;; 53666))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8818
8819 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8820 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8821
8822 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8823
8824 \(fn)" nil nil)
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19101
8829 ;;;;;; 18741))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8831
8832 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8833 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8834
8835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8836
8837 ;;;***
8838 \f
8839 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8840 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18785 31948))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8842
8843 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8844 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8845 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8846 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8847 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8848 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8849 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8850 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8851 buffer selected (or created).
8852
8853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8854
8855 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8856 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8857 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8858
8859 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8860
8861 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8862 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8863 The result might be any Lisp object.
8864 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8865 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8866 corresponding to a successful execution.
8867
8868 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8871
8872 ;;;***
8873 \f
8874 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8875 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8876 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8877 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8878 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8879 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8880 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8881 ;;;;;; (19100 37992))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8883
8884 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8885 *File name of tags table.
8886 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8887 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8888 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8889 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8890
8891 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8892 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8893 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8894 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8895
8896 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8897
8898 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8899 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8900 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8901 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8902 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8903 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8904
8905 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8906
8907 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
8908 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8909 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8910 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8911 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8912 `auto-compression-mode').")
8913
8914 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8915
8916 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8917 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8918 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8919 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8920 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8921
8922 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8923
8924 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8925 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8926 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8927 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8928
8929 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8930
8931 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8932 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8933 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8934 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8935 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8936
8937 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8938
8939 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8940 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8941
8942 \(fn)" t nil)
8943
8944 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8945 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8946 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8947 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8948
8949 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8950 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8951 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8952 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8953 file the tag was in.
8954
8955 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8956
8957 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8958 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8959 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8960 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8961 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8962 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8963 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8964 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8965 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8966
8967 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8968
8969 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8970 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8971 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8972 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8973 without directory names.
8974
8975 \(fn)" nil nil)
8976
8977 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8978 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8979 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8980 but does not select the buffer.
8981 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8982
8983 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8984 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8985 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8986 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8987 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8988
8989 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8990
8991 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8992 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8993 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8994
8995 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8996
8997 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8998
8999 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9000 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9001 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9002 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9003
9004 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9005 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9006 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9007 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9008 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9009
9010 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9011
9012 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9013 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9014 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9015
9016 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9017
9018 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9019 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9020
9021 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9022 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9023 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9024 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9025 around or before point.
9026
9027 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9028 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9029 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9030 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9031 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9032
9033 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9034
9035 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9036 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9037 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9038
9039 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9040
9041 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9042 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9043
9044 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9045 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9046 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9047 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9048 around or before point.
9049
9050 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9051 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9052 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9053 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9054 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9055
9056 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9057
9058 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9059 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9060 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9061
9062 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9063
9064 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9065 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9066
9067 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9068 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9069 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9070
9071 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9072 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9073 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9074 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9075 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9076
9077 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9078
9079 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9080 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9081 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9082
9083 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9084
9085 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9086 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9087 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9088
9089 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9090 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9091
9092 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9093 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9094 where they were found.
9095
9096 \(fn)" t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9099 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9100
9101 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9102 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9103 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9104
9105 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9106 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9107
9108 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9109 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9110
9111 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9112
9113 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9114 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9115 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9116 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9117
9118 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9119 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9120 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9121 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9122 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9123
9124 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9125 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9126
9127 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9128 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9129 Stops when a match is found.
9130 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9131
9132 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9133
9134 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9135
9136 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9137 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9138 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9139 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9140 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9141 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9142 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9143 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9144
9145 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9146 produce the list of files to search.
9147
9148 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9149
9150 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9151
9152 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9153 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9154 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9155 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9156 directory specification.
9157
9158 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9159
9160 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9161 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9162
9163 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9164
9165 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9166 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9167 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9168 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9169
9170 \(fn)" t nil)
9171
9172 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9173 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9174 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9175 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9176 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9177
9178 \(fn)" t nil)
9179
9180 ;;;***
9181 \f
9182 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9183 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9184 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9185 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9186 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9187 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9188 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9189 ;;;;;; (18810 35969))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9191
9192 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9193 Not documented
9194
9195 \(fn)" nil nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9198 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9199
9200 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9201 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9202
9203 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9204 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9205 primary language.
9206
9207 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9208 even if the buffer is read-only.
9209
9210 See also the descriptions of the variables
9211 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9212
9213 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9214
9215 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9216 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9217
9218 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9219 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9220
9221 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9222 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9223 primary language.
9224
9225 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9226 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9227
9228 See also the descriptions of the variables
9229 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9230
9231 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9232
9233 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9234 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9235 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9236 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9237
9238 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9239
9240 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9241 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9242 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9243 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9244
9245 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9246 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9247 primary language.
9248
9249 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9250 buffer is read-only.
9251
9252 See also the descriptions of the variables
9253 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9254 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9255
9256 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9257
9258 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9259 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9260
9261 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9262 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9263
9264 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9265 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9266 the primary language.
9267
9268 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9269 buffer is read-only.
9270
9271 See also the descriptions of the variables
9272 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9273 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9274
9275 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9276
9277 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9279 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9280
9281 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9282
9283 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9284 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9285
9286 \(fn)" t nil)
9287
9288 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9289 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9290
9291 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9292 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9293 be 1, 2, or 3.
9294
9295 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9296 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9297 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9298
9299 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9300
9301 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9302
9303 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9304 This function is deprecated.
9305
9306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9307
9308 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9309 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9310
9311 \(fn)" t nil)
9312
9313 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9314 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9315
9316 \(fn)" t nil)
9317
9318 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9319 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9320
9321 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9322 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9323
9324 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9325 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9326
9327 \(fn)" nil nil)
9328
9329 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9330 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9331
9332 \(fn)" nil nil)
9333
9334 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9335 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9336
9337 \(fn)" nil nil)
9338
9339 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9340 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9341
9342 \(fn)" nil nil)
9343
9344 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9345 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9346 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9347
9348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9349
9350 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9351 Not documented
9352
9353 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9354
9355 ;;;***
9356 \f
9357 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9358 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9359 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9361
9362 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9363 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9364 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9365 server for future sessions.
9366
9367 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9368
9369 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9370 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9371 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9372
9373 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9374
9375 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9376 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9377 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9378
9379 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9380
9381 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9382 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9383 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9384 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9385 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9386 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9387 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9388 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9389 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9390 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9391 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9392 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9393
9394 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9395
9396 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9397 Display a form to query the directory server.
9398 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9399 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9400
9401 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9402
9403 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9404 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9405 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9406
9407 \(fn)" t nil)
9408
9409 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9410
9411 ;;;***
9412 \f
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9414 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9415 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19123 12729))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9417
9418 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9419 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9420
9421 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9422
9423 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9424 Display URL and make it clickable.
9425
9426 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9427
9428 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9429 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9430
9431 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9432
9433 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9434 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9435
9436 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9437
9438 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9439 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9440
9441 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9442
9443 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9444 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9445
9446 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9447
9448 ;;;***
9449 \f
9450 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9451 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18785 32003))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9453
9454 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9455 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9456 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9457
9458 \(fn)" t nil)
9459
9460 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9461 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9462
9463 \(fn)" t nil)
9464
9465 ;;;***
9466 \f
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9468 ;;;;;; (18785 32003))
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9470
9471 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9472 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9473
9474 \(fn)" t nil)
9475
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18785
9479 ;;;;;; 31900))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9481
9482 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9483 Create an empty ewoc.
9484
9485 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9486
9487 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9488 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9489 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9490 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9491 `insert-before-markers'.
9492
9493 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9494 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9495 respectively, of the ewoc.
9496
9497 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9498 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9499 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9500
9501 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9502
9503 ;;;***
9504 \f
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9506 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9507 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9508 ;;;;;; (18785 32054))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9510
9511 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9512 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9513 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9514
9515 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9516
9517 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9518 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9519 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9520 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9521 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9522
9523 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9524
9525 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9526 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9527 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9528 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9529 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9530 executable.
9531
9532 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9533
9534 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9535 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9536 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9537
9538 \(fn)" t nil)
9539
9540 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9541 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9542 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9543 file modes.
9544
9545 \(fn)" nil nil)
9546
9547 ;;;***
9548 \f
9549 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9550 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9551 ;;;;;; (18785 31786))
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9553
9554 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9555 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9556 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9557 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9558
9559 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9560
9561 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9562 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9563 to generate such functions.
9564
9565 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9566 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9567 beginning of the expanded text.
9568
9569 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9570 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9571 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9572 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9573
9574 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9575
9576 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9577
9578 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9579 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9580 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9581
9582 \(fn)" nil nil)
9583
9584 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9585 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9586 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9587
9588 \(fn)" t nil)
9589
9590 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9591 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9592 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9593
9594 \(fn)" t nil)
9595 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9596 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9597
9598 ;;;***
9599 \f
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19146 53668))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9602
9603 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9604 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9605 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9606
9607 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9608 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9609 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9610
9611 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9612
9613 Key definitions:
9614 \\{f90-mode-map}
9615
9616 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9617
9618 `f90-do-indent'
9619 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9620 `f90-if-indent'
9621 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9622 `f90-type-indent'
9623 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9624 `f90-program-indent'
9625 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9626 (default 2).
9627 `f90-continuation-indent'
9628 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9629 `f90-comment-region'
9630 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9631 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9632 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9633 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9634 (default \"!\").
9635 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9636 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9637 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9638 `f90-break-delimiters'
9639 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9640 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9641 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9642 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9643 (default t).
9644 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9645 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9646 `f90-smart-end'
9647 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9648 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9649 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9650 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9651 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9652 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9653 `f90-leave-line-no'
9654 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9655
9656 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9657 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9658
9659 \(fn)" t nil)
9660
9661 ;;;***
9662 \f
9663 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9664 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9665 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9666 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19146
9667 ;;;;;; 53664))
9668 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9669
9670 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9671 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9672
9673 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9674 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9675
9676 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9677 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9678 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9679 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9680 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9681 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9682 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9683
9684 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9685 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9686 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9687
9688 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9689
9690 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9691 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9692
9693 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9694
9695 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9696 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9697 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9698 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9699 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9700 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9701
9702 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9703
9704 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9705 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9706 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9707
9708 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9709 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9710 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9711 the same amount).
9712
9713 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9714
9715 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9716 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9717 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9718
9719 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9720 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9721 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9722 will remove any scaling currently active.
9723
9724 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9727 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9728 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9729
9730 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9731 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9732 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9733 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9734 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9735
9736 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9737 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9738
9739 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9740 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9741
9742 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9743 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9744 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9745
9746 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9747 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9748 is one of the above.
9749
9750 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9751 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9752 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9753 will remove any scaling currently active.
9754
9755 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9756 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9757 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9758 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9759 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9760
9761 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9764 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9765 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9766 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9767
9768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9769
9770 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9771 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9772 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9773 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9774 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9775
9776 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9777 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9778
9779 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9780
9781 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9782 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9783 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9784 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9785
9786 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9787 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9788 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9789 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9790
9791 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9792 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9793
9794 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9797 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9798 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9799 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9800
9801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9802
9803 ;;;***
9804 \f
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9806 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9807 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19100 37910))
9808 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9809
9810 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9811 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9812 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9813 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9814
9815 \(fn)" nil nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9818 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9819
9820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9823 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9824 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9825 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9826
9827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9828
9829 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9830 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9831 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9832 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9833 backup file names and the like).
9834
9835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9836
9837 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9838 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9839 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9840 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9841 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9842 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9843 internally by feedmail):
9844
9845 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9846 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9847 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9848 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9849
9850 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9851 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9852 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9853 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9854 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9855
9856 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9857
9858 ;;;***
9859 \f
9860 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9861 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19146 53664))
9862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9863
9864 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9865 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9866 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9867 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9868 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9869 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9870 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9871
9872 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9875 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9876 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9877 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9878 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9879 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9880 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9881
9882 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9883
9884 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9885
9886 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9887 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9888 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9889 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9890 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9891 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9892
9893 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9894
9895 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9896 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9897 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9898 Return value:
9899 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9900 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9901 * otherwise, nil
9902
9903 \(fn E)" t nil)
9904
9905 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9906 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9907
9908 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9911 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9912
9913 \(fn)" t nil)
9914
9915 ;;;***
9916 \f
9917 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9918 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9919 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9920 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18785 31788))
9921 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9922
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9924 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9925 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9926 be added to the cache.
9927
9928 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9929
9930 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9931 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9932 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9933 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9934 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9935
9936 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9939 Add FILE to the file cache.
9940
9941 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9944 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9945 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9946
9947 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9950 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9951 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9952
9953 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9954
9955 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9956 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9957 This function does not use any external programs
9958 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9959 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9960 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9961
9962 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9965 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9966 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9967 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9968 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9969 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9970 \(directories) is done.
9971
9972 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9973
9974 ;;;***
9975 \f
9976 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9977 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9978 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9979 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9980 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19146 53664))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9982
9983 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9984 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9985
9986 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9987 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9988 Local Variables list.
9989
9990 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9991 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9992 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9993
9994 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9995
9996 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9997 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9998
9999 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10000
10001 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10002 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10003
10004 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10005 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10006 the -*- line.
10007
10008 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10009 then this function adds it.
10010
10011 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10012
10013 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10014 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10015
10016 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10019 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10020
10021 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10022
10023 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10024 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10025
10026 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10027
10028 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10029 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10030
10031 \(fn)" t nil)
10032
10033 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10034 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10035
10036 \(fn)" t nil)
10037
10038 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10039 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10040
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19116
10046 ;;;;;; 21892))
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10048
10049 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10050 Filesets initialization.
10051 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10052
10053 \(fn)" nil nil)
10054
10055 ;;;***
10056 \f
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18785 31789))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10059
10060 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10061 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10062
10063 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10064 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10065 (mtime \"+1\"))
10066 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10067
10068 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10069 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10070
10071 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10072
10073 ;;;***
10074 \f
10075 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10076 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10077 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18785 31789))
10078 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10079
10080 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10081 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10082 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10083 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10084 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10085
10086 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10087
10088 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10089 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10090 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10091 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10092 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10093
10094 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10095
10096 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10097 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10098 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10099 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10100
10101 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10102
10103 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10104 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10105 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10106 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10107
10108 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10109
10110 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10111 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10112 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10113
10114 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10115
10116 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10117 as the final argument.
10118
10119 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10120
10121 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10122 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10123 and run dired on those files.
10124 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10125 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10126
10127 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10128
10129 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10130
10131 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10132 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10133 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10134
10135 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10136
10137 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10138
10139 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10140
10141 ;;;***
10142 \f
10143 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10144 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10145 ;;;;;; (18785 31790))
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10147
10148 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10149 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10150 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10151 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10152 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10153 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10154 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10155
10156 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10157 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10158 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10159
10160 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10161
10162 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10163
10164 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10165
10166 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10167 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10168 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10169
10170 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10171 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10172
10173 Variables of interest include:
10174
10175 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10176 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10177 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10178
10179 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10180 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10181 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10182
10183 - `ff-ignore-include'
10184 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10185
10186 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10187 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10188
10189 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10190 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10191
10192 - `ff-special-constructs'
10193 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10194 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10195 extracting the filename from that construct.
10196
10197 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10198 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10199
10200 - `ff-search-directories'
10201 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10202 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10203
10204 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10205 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10206
10207 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10208 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10209
10210 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10211 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10212
10213 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10214 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10215
10216 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10217 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10218
10219 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10222 Visit the file you click on.
10223
10224 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10225
10226 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10227 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10228
10229 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10230
10231 ;;;***
10232 \f
10233 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10234 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10235 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10236 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10237 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10238 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10239 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14082))
10240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10241
10242 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10243 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10244 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10245
10246 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10247
10248 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10249 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10250 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10251 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10252
10253 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10254 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10255 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10256 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10257
10258 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10261 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10262
10263 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10264 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10265 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10266 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10267
10268 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10269 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10270 in `load-path'.
10271
10272 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10273
10274 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10275 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10276
10277 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10278 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10279 places point before the definition.
10280 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10281
10282 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10283 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10284 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10285
10286 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10287
10288 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10289 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10290
10291 See `find-function' for more details.
10292
10293 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10294
10295 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10296 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10297
10298 See `find-function' for more details.
10299
10300 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10301
10302 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10303 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10304
10305 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10306 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10307 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10308
10309 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10310 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10311
10312 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10313
10314 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10315 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10316
10317 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10318 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10319 places point before the definition.
10320
10321 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10322
10323 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10324 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10325 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10326
10327 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10328
10329 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10330 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10331
10332 See `find-variable' for more details.
10333
10334 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10335
10336 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10337 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10338
10339 See `find-variable' for more details.
10340
10341 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10342
10343 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10344 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10345 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10346 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10347 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10348 buffer nor display it.
10349
10350 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10351 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10352
10353 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10354
10355 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10356 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10357
10358 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10359 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10360 places point before the definition.
10361
10362 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10363
10364 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10365 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10366 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10367
10368 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10371 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10372 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10373
10374 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10377 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10378
10379 \(fn)" t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10382 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10383
10384 \(fn)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10387 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10388
10389 \(fn)" nil nil)
10390
10391 ;;;***
10392 \f
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10394 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18785 31790))
10395 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10396
10397 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10398 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10399
10400 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10401
10402 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10403 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10404
10405 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10406
10407 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10408 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10409
10410 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10411
10412 ;;;***
10413 \f
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10415 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18868 8824))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10417
10418 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10419 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10420
10421 \(fn)" t nil)
10422
10423 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10424 Display FILE's commentary section.
10425 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10426
10427 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10428
10429 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10430 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10431
10432 \(fn)" t nil)
10433
10434 ;;;***
10435 \f
10436 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10437 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18793 10502))
10438 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10439
10440 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10441 Toggle flow control handling.
10442 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10443 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10444
10445 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10446
10447 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10448 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10449 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10450 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10451 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10452 to get the effect of a C-q.
10453
10454 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10455
10456 ;;;***
10457 \f
10458 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10459 ;;;;;; (18785 31952))
10460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10461
10462 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10463 Not documented
10464
10465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10466
10467 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10468 Not documented
10469
10470 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10471
10472 ;;;***
10473 \f
10474 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10475 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19100 37532))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10477
10478 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10479 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10480 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10481 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10482
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10484
10485 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10486 Turn flymake mode on.
10487
10488 \(fn)" nil nil)
10489
10490 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10491 Turn flymake mode off.
10492
10493 \(fn)" nil nil)
10494
10495 ;;;***
10496 \f
10497 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10498 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10499 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19146 53668))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10501
10502 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10503 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10504
10505 \(fn)" t nil)
10506 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10507
10508 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10509 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10510 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10511 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10512 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10513 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10514 otherwise turn it off.
10515
10516 Bindings:
10517 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10518 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10519 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10520 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10521
10522 Hooks:
10523 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10524
10525 Remark:
10526 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10527 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10528 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10529
10530 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10531 consider adding:
10532 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10533 in your .emacs file.
10534
10535 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10536 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10537
10538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10539
10540 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10541 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10542
10543 \(fn)" nil nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10546 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10547
10548 \(fn)" nil nil)
10549
10550 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10551 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10552
10553 \(fn)" nil nil)
10554
10555 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10556 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10557
10558 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10559
10560 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10561 Flyspell whole buffer.
10562
10563 \(fn)" t nil)
10564
10565 ;;;***
10566 \f
10567 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10568 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10569 ;;;;;; (18785 31791))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10571
10572 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10573 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10574
10575 \(fn)" nil nil)
10576
10577 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10578 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10579
10580 \(fn)" nil nil)
10581
10582 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10583 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10584
10585 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10586 of two major techniques:
10587
10588 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10589 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10590 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10591
10592 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10593 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10594 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10595 movement commands.
10596
10597 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10598 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10599 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10600 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10601 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10602 mileage may vary).
10603
10604 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10605 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10606
10607 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10608
10609 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10610 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10611 \(This is the default.)
10612
10613 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10614
10615 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10616 \\{follow-mode-map}
10617
10618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10619
10620 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10621 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10622
10623 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10624 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10625 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10626 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10627 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10628 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10629
10630 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10631 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10632 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10633
10634 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10635 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10636 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10637
10638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10639
10640 ;;;***
10641 \f
10642 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19104
10643 ;;;;;; 34043))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10645
10646 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10647 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10648 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10649 started, play around with the following keys:
10650 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10651
10652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10653
10654 ;;;***
10655 \f
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10657 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18785 31793))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10659
10660 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10661 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10662
10663 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10664 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10665 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10666 C-c < forms-first-record <
10667 C-c > forms-last-record >
10668 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10669 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10670 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10671 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10672 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10673 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10674 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10675 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10676 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10677 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10678
10679 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10682 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10683
10684 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10685
10686 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10687 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10688
10689 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10690
10691 ;;;***
10692 \f
10693 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10694 ;;;;;; (19146 53668))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10696
10697 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10698 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10699 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10700
10701 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10702 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10703
10704 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10705
10706 Key definitions:
10707 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10708
10709 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10710
10711 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10712 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10713 `fortran-do-indent'
10714 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10715 `fortran-if-indent'
10716 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10717 `fortran-structure-indent'
10718 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10719 (default 3)
10720 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10721 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10722 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10723 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10724 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10725 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10726 nil don't change the indentation
10727 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10728 value of either
10729 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10730 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10731 depending on the continuation format in use.
10732 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10733 indentation for a line of code.
10734 (default 'fixed)
10735 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10736 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10737 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10738 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10739 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10740 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10741 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10742 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10743 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10744 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10745 column 5.
10746 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10747 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10748 statements (default nil).
10749 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10750 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10751 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10752 `fortran-continuation-string'
10753 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10754 line (default \"$\").
10755 `fortran-comment-region'
10756 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10757 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10758 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10759 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10760 as typed (default t).
10761 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10762 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10763
10764 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10765 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10766
10767 \(fn)" t nil)
10768
10769 ;;;***
10770 \f
10771 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10772 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18785 32029))
10773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10774
10775 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10776 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10777
10778 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10779 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10780
10781 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10782
10783 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10784 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10785
10786 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10787 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10788
10789 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10790
10791 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10792 Compile fortune file.
10793
10794 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10795 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10796
10797 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10798
10799 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10800 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10801
10802 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10803 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10804 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10805 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10806
10807 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10808
10809 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10810 Display a fortune cookie.
10811
10812 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10813 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10814 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10815 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10816
10817 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10818
10819 ;;;***
10820 \f
10821 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10822 ;;;;;; (19131 26192))
10823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10824
10825 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10826 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10827
10828 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10829
10830 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10831 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10832 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10833 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10834
10835 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10836 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10837 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10838 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10839
10840 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10841 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10842 shown in some of the buffers.
10843
10844 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10845
10846 The following commands help control operation :
10847
10848 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10849 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10850
10851 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10852 detailed description of this mode.
10853
10854
10855 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10856 | GDB Toolbar |
10857 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10858 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10859 | | |
10860 | | |
10861 | | |
10862 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10863 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10864 | | (comint-mode) |
10865 | | |
10866 | | |
10867 | | |
10868 | | |
10869 | | |
10870 | | |
10871 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10872 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10873 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10874 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10875 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10876 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10877
10878 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10879
10880 ;;;***
10881 \f
10882 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10883 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18785
10884 ;;;;;; 31901))
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10886
10887 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10888 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10889 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10890 instead (which see).")
10891
10892 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10893 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10894
10895 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10896 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10897 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10898 documentation string instead.
10899
10900 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10901 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10902 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10903 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10904 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10905 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10906 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10907 enders are actually possible.
10908
10909 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10910 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10911
10912 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10913 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10914 `font-lock-keywords'.
10915
10916 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10917 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10918 runs the macro expansion.
10919
10920 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10921 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10922 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10923
10924 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10925
10926 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10927
10928 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10929 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10930
10931 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10932
10933 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10934 Enter generic mode MODE.
10935
10936 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10937 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10938 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10939
10940 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10941 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10942
10943 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10944
10945 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10946 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10947 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10948 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10949 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10950 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10951 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10952 `font-lock-keywords'.
10953
10954 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10955
10956 ;;;***
10957 \f
10958 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10959 ;;;;;; (18785 32057))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10961
10962 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10963 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10964 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10965 at places they belong to.
10966
10967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10968
10969 ;;;***
10970 \f
10971 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10972 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10973 ;;;;;; (18785 31953))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10975
10976 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10977 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10978 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10979
10980 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10981
10982 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10983 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10984
10985 Guideline for numbers:
10986 1 - error messages
10987 3 - non-serious error messages
10988 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10989 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10990 9 - messages inside loops.
10991
10992 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10995 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10996 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10997
10998 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10999
11000 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11001 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11002
11003 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11006 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11007
11008 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11009 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11010 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11011 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11012 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11013 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11014
11015 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11016 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11017 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11018 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11019 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11020
11021 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11022
11023 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11024
11025 ;;;***
11026 \f
11027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11028 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19101 57521))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11030 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11031 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11032
11033 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11034 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11035
11036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11037
11038 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11039 Read network news.
11040 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11041 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11042 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11043 name of an NNTP server to use.
11044 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11045 server.
11046
11047 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11050 Read news as a slave.
11051
11052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11055 Pop up a frame to read news.
11056 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11057 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11058 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11059 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11060 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11061 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11062 current display is used.
11063
11064 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11065
11066 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11067 Read network news.
11068 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11069 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11070 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11071
11072 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11073
11074 ;;;***
11075 \f
11076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11077 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11078 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11079 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11080 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11081 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18785 31953))
11082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11083
11084 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11085 Start Gnus unplugged.
11086
11087 \(fn)" t nil)
11088
11089 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11090 Start Gnus plugged.
11091
11092 \(fn)" t nil)
11093
11094 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11095 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11096
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11098
11099 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11100 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11101
11102 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11103 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11104 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11105
11106 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11107 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11108 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11109
11110 \(fn)" t nil)
11111
11112 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11113 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11114
11115 \(fn)" nil nil)
11116
11117 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11118 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11119 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11120 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11121 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11122 supported.
11123
11124 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11125
11126 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11127 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11128 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11129 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11130 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11131 supported.
11132
11133 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11134
11135 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11136 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11137
11138 \(fn)" nil nil)
11139
11140 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11141 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11142 downloaded into the agent.
11143
11144 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11145
11146 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11147 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11148 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11149 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11150
11151 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11152
11153 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11154 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11155
11156 \(fn)" t nil)
11157
11158 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11159 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11160
11161 \(fn)" t nil)
11162
11163 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11164 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11165 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11166
11167 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11168
11169 ;;;***
11170 \f
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11174
11175 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11176 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11177
11178 \(fn)" nil nil)
11179
11180 ;;;***
11181 \f
11182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11183 ;;;;;; (18785 31954))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11185
11186 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11187 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11188
11189 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11190
11191 ;;;***
11192 \f
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11194 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18785 31955))
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11196
11197 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11198 Set a bookmark for this article.
11199
11200 \(fn)" t nil)
11201
11202 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11203 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11204
11205 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11208 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11209 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11210 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11211 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11212
11213 \(fn)" t nil)
11214
11215 ;;;***
11216 \f
11217 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11218 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11219 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18785
11220 ;;;;;; 31955))
11221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11222
11223 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11224 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11225
11226 Usage:
11227 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11228
11229 \(fn)" t nil)
11230
11231 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11232 Generate the cache active file.
11233
11234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11235
11236 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11237 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11238
11239 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11240
11241 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11242 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11243 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11244 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11245 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11246 supported.
11247
11248 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11249
11250 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11251 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11252 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11253 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11254 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11255 supported.
11256
11257 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11258
11259 ;;;***
11260 \f
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11262 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19102 4773))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11264
11265 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11266 Delay this article by some time.
11267 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11268
11269 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11270 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11271
11272 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11273 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11274
11275 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11276 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11277
11278 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11279
11280 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11281 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11282
11283 \(fn)" t nil)
11284
11285 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11286 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11287 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11288 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11289
11290 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11291 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11292
11293 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11294
11295 ;;;***
11296 \f
11297 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11298 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19123 14669))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11300
11301 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11302 Not documented
11303
11304 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11305
11306 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11307 Not documented
11308
11309 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11310
11311 ;;;***
11312 \f
11313 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11314 ;;;;;; (18852 50960))
11315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11316
11317 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11318 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11319
11320 \(fn)" t nil)
11321
11322 ;;;***
11323 \f
11324 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11325 ;;;;;; (18861 1029))
11326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11327
11328 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11329 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11330
11331 \(fn)" t nil)
11332
11333 ;;;***
11334 \f
11335 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11336 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11337 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18785
11338 ;;;;;; 31958))
11339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11340
11341 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11342 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11343
11344 \(fn)" t nil)
11345
11346 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11347 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11348
11349 \(fn)" t nil)
11350
11351 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11352 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11353
11354 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11355 different input formats.
11356
11357 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11358
11359 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11360 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11361
11362 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11363 different input formats.
11364
11365 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11366
11367 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11368 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11369 The PNG is returned as a string.
11370
11371 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11372
11373 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11374 Convert FILE to a Face.
11375 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11376 726 bytes.
11377
11378 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11379
11380 ;;;***
11381 \f
11382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11383 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19096 30178))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11385
11386 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11387 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11388 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11389 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11390
11391 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11392
11393 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11394 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11395
11396 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11397
11398 ;;;***
11399 \f
11400 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11401 ;;;;;; (18785 31960))
11402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11403
11404 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11405
11406 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11407 Run batched scoring.
11408 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11409
11410 \(fn)" t nil)
11411
11412 ;;;***
11413 \f
11414 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11415 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11416 ;;;;;; (18785 31960))
11417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11418
11419 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11420 Not documented
11421
11422 \(fn)" nil nil)
11423
11424 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11425 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11426 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11427
11428 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11431 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11432
11433 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11434
11435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11436
11437 ;;;***
11438 \f
11439 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11440 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11441 ;;;;;; (18785 31961))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11443
11444 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11445 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11446 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11447 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11448 group parameters.
11449
11450 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11451 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11452 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11453 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11454
11455 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11456 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11457 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11458 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11459 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11460 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11461 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11462 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11463 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11464 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11465
11466 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11467
11468 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11469 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11470 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11471 nil CATCH-ALL).
11472
11473 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11474 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11475
11476 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11477
11478 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11479 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11480 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11481
11482 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11483
11484 \(fn)" nil nil)
11485
11486 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11487 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11488 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11489
11490 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11491
11492 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11493 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11494 existing groups are considered.
11495
11496 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11497 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11498 returned.
11499
11500 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11501 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11502 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11503 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11504 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11505 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11506 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11507 clauses will be generated.
11508
11509 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11510 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11511 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11512 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11513 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11514 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11515
11516 For example, given the following group parameters:
11517
11518 nnml:mail.bar:
11519 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11520 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11521 nnml:mail.foo:
11522 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11523 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11524 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11525 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11526 nnml:mail.others:
11527 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11528
11529 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11530
11531 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11532 \"mail.bar\")
11533 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11534 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11535 \"mail.others\")
11536
11537 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11538
11539 ;;;***
11540 \f
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11542 ;;;;;; (18785 31961))
11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11544
11545 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11546 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11547 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11548
11549 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11550
11551 ;;;***
11552 \f
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11554 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19096 39548))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11556
11557 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11558 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11559 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11560 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11561
11562 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11563
11564 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11565 Mail to ADDRESS.
11566
11567 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11568
11569 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11570 Like `message-reply'.
11571
11572 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11573
11574 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11575
11576 ;;;***
11577 \f
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11579 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 11987))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11581
11582 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11583 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11584
11585 \(fn)" t nil)
11586
11587 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11588 Load the NoCeM cache.
11589
11590 \(fn)" t nil)
11591
11592 ;;;***
11593 \f
11594 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11595 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11596 ;;;;;; (19101 57521))
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11598
11599 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11600 Display picons in the From header.
11601 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11602
11603 \(fn)" t nil)
11604
11605 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11606 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11607 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11608
11609 \(fn)" t nil)
11610
11611 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11612 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11613 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11614
11615 \(fn)" t nil)
11616
11617 ;;;***
11618 \f
11619 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11620 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11621 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11622 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11623 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18785 31962))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11625
11626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11627 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11628 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11629 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11630
11631 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11632
11633 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11634 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11635 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11636 LIST1 is modified.
11637
11638 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11639
11640 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11641 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11642 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11643
11644 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11645
11646 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11647 Not documented
11648
11649 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11650
11651 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11652 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11653 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11654
11655 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11658 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11659 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11660
11661 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11664
11665 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11666 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11667 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11668
11669 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11670
11671 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11672 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11673 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11674
11675 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11676
11677 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11678 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11679 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11680
11681 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11682
11683 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11684 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11685
11686 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11691 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18785 31963))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11693
11694 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11695 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11696
11697 \(fn)" t nil)
11698
11699 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11700 Install the registry hooks.
11701
11702 \(fn)" t nil)
11703
11704 ;;;***
11705 \f
11706 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11707 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18785
11708 ;;;;;; 31964))
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11710
11711 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11712 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11713 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11714 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11715 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11716 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11717
11718 \(fn)" t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11721 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11722 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11723 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11724 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11725
11726 \(fn)" t nil)
11727
11728 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11729 Not documented
11730
11731 \(fn)" t nil)
11732
11733 ;;;***
11734 \f
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11736 ;;;;;; (18785 31964))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11738
11739 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11740 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11741 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11742 for matching on group names.
11743
11744 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11745 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11746
11747 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11748
11749 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11750
11751 \(fn)" t nil)
11752
11753 ;;;***
11754 \f
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11756 ;;;;;; (19037 18764))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11760 Update the format specification near point.
11761
11762 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11763
11764 ;;;***
11765 \f
11766 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11767 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18790
11768 ;;;;;; 48670))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11770
11771 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11772 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11773
11774 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11775
11776 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11777 Not documented
11778
11779 \(fn)" nil nil)
11780
11781 ;;;***
11782 \f
11783 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11784 ;;;;;; (18785 31966))
11785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11786
11787 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11788 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11789
11790 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11791
11792 ;;;***
11793 \f
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19086 20333))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11796
11797 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11798 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11799
11800 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11801 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11802 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11803
11804 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11805 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11806 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11807
11808 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11809 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11810
11811 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11812 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11813
11814 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11815
11816 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11817
11818 ;;;***
11819 \f
11820 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11821 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18798
11822 ;;;;;; 29125))
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11824
11825 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11826
11827 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11828 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11829 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11830 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11831 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11832
11833 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11834
11835 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11836 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11837 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11838 or to send e-mail.
11839 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11840 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11841
11842 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11843 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11844
11845 \(fn)" t nil)
11846 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11847
11848 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11849 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11850
11851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11852
11853 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11854 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11855
11856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11857
11858 ;;;***
11859 \f
11860 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11861 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11862 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19130 52560))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11864
11865 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11866 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11867
11868 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11869
11870 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11871 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11872 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11873 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11874 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11875
11876 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11877 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11878 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11879
11880 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11881
11882 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11883 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11884 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11885 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11886 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11887
11888 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11889
11890 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11891 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11892
11893 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11894
11895 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11896 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11897
11898 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11899 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11900 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11901
11902 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11903 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11904 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11905
11906 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
11907 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11908 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11909 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11910
11911 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11912 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11913 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11914 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11915 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11916
11917 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11918
11919 (defvar grep-history nil)
11920
11921 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11922
11923 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11924 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11925 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11926
11927 \(fn)" nil nil)
11928
11929 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11930 Not documented
11931
11932 \(fn)" nil nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11935 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11936
11937 \(fn)" nil nil)
11938
11939 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11940 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11941 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11942 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11943 found matches.
11944
11945 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11946 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11947
11948 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11949 can easily repeat a grep command.
11950
11951 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11952 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11953 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11954 list is empty).
11955
11956 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11959 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11960 Collect output in a buffer.
11961 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11962 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11963
11964 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11965 easily repeat a find command.
11966
11967 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11968
11969 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11970
11971 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11972 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11973 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11974 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11975 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11976
11977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11978 before it is executed.
11979 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11980
11981 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11982 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11983 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11984
11985 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11986
11987 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11988
11989 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11990 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11991 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11992 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11993 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11994
11995 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11996 before it is executed.
11997 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11998
11999 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12000 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12001 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12002
12003 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12004
12005 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12006
12007 ;;;***
12008 \f
12009 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40856))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12011
12012 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12013 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12014 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12015 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12016 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12017
12018 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12019
12020 ;;;***
12021 \f
12022 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12023 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19125 49250))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12025
12026 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12027 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12028 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12029 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12030
12031 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12034 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12035 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12036 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12037
12038 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12041 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12042 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12043 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12044
12045 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12046
12047 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12048 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12049 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12050 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12051
12052 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12053 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12054
12055 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12056
12057 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12058 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12059 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12060 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12061
12062 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12063
12064 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12065 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12066 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12067 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12068
12069 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12070
12071 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12072 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12073 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12074 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12075 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12076
12077 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12078 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12079 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12080 original source file access method.
12081
12082 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12083 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12084
12085 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12086 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12087
12088 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12089
12090 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12091 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12092
12093 \(fn)" t nil)
12094
12095 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12096 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12097 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12099 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12100 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12101
12102 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12103
12104 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12105 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12106
12107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12108
12109 ;;;***
12110 \f
12111 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19104
12112 ;;;;;; 47795))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12114
12115 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12116 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12117 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12118 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12119
12120 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12121 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12122 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12123 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12124
12125 \(fn)" t nil)
12126
12127 ;;;***
12128 \f
12129 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12130 ;;;;;; (19104 47736))
12131 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12132
12133 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12134 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12135
12136 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12137
12138 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12139 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12140 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12141 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12142
12143 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12144
12145 \(fn)" t nil)
12146
12147 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12148 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12149 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12150 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12151 to be updated.
12152
12153 \(fn)" t nil)
12154
12155 ;;;***
12156 \f
12157 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12158 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12159 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18785 31992))
12160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12161
12162 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12163 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12164
12165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12166
12167 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12168 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12169 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12170
12171 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12172
12173 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12174 Verify a hashcash payment
12175
12176 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12177
12178 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12179 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12180 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12181 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12182 `mail-add-payment-async').
12183
12184 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12185
12186 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12187 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12188 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12189 Calculation is asynchronous.
12190
12191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12194 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12195 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12196
12197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12198
12199 ;;;***
12200 \f
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12202 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12203 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12204 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18917 1581))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12206
12207 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12208 Return the help-echo string at point.
12209 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12210 property, or nil, is returned.
12211 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12212 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12213 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12214
12215 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12216
12217 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12218 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12219 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12220 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12221 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12222
12223 \(fn)" nil nil)
12224
12225 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12226 Display local help in the echo area.
12227 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12228 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12229 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12230 printed instead.
12231
12232 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12233 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12234 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12235
12236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12237
12238 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12239 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12240 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12241
12242 \(fn)" t nil)
12243
12244 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12245 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12246 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12247
12248 \(fn)" t nil)
12249
12250 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12251 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12252 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12253 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12254 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12255 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12256 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12257 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12258 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12259 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12260 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12261
12262 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12263 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12264 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12265 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12266 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12267
12268 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12269 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12270 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12271 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12272 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12273 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12274 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12275 The default is `never'.")
12276
12277 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12278
12279 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12280 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12281 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12282 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12283 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12284 considered different regions.
12285
12286 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12287 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12288 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12289 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12290 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12291 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12292 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12293 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12294 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12295
12296 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12299 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12300 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12301 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12302 different regions.
12303
12304 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12305 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12306 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12307 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12308 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12309 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12310 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12311 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12312
12313 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12314 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12315 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12316 rarely happens in practice.
12317
12318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12319
12320 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12321 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12322 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12323 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12324 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12325 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12326
12327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12328
12329 ;;;***
12330 \f
12331 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12332 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12333 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12334 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
12335 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12336
12337 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12338 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12339
12340 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12343 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12344 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12345
12346 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12349 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12350 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12351 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12352 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12353 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12354 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12355 search for a function definition.
12356
12357 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12358 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12359 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12360 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12361 suitable file is found, return nil.
12362
12363 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12364
12365 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12366 Not documented
12367
12368 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12371 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12372 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12373 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12374
12375 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12376
12377 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12378 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12379 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12380 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12381 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12382 it is displayed along with the global value.
12383
12384 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12385
12386 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12387 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12388 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12389 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12390
12391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12392
12393 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12394 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12395 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12396 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12397 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12398
12399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12400
12401 ;;;***
12402 \f
12403 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (19137 28300))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12406
12407 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12408 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12409 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12410 window listing and describing the options.
12411 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12412 gives the window that lists the options.")
12413
12414 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12415
12416 ;;;***
12417 \f
12418 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12419 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12420 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19113
12421 ;;;;;; 50820))
12422 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12423
12424 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12425 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12426 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12427 Commands:
12428 \\{help-mode-map}
12429
12430 \(fn)" t nil)
12431
12432 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12433 Not documented
12434
12435 \(fn)" nil nil)
12436
12437 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12438 Not documented
12439
12440 \(fn)" nil nil)
12441
12442 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12443 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12444
12445 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12446 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12447 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12448 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12449
12450 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12451 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12452 restore it properly when going back.
12453
12454 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12455
12456 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12457 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12458 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12459 current buffer.
12460 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12461 exists, it is created.
12462
12463 \(fn)" nil nil)
12464
12465 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12466 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12467
12468 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12469 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12470 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12471 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12472 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12473 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12474 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12475 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12476
12477 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12478 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12479 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12480 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12481
12482 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12483 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12484 that.
12485
12486 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12487
12488 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12489 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12490 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12491 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12492 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12493 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12494
12495 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12496
12497 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12498 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12499 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12500 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12501 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12502
12503 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12504
12505 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12506 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12507
12508 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12509
12510 ;;;***
12511 \f
12512 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12513 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18785 31903))
12514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12515
12516 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12517 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12518
12519 \(fn)" t nil)
12520
12521 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12522 Provide help for current mode.
12523
12524 \(fn)" t nil)
12525
12526 ;;;***
12527 \f
12528 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12529 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19146 53664))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12531
12532 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12533 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12534 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12535 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12536 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12537
12538 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12539 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12540
12541 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12542 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12543 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12544 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12545
12546 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12547 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12548 periods.
12549
12550 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12551 in hexl format.
12552
12553 A sample format:
12554
12555 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12556 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12557 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12558 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12559 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12560 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12561 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12562 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12563 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12564 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12565 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12566 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12567 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12568 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12569 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12570
12571 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12572 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12573 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12574
12575 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12576 also supported.
12577
12578 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12579
12580 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12581 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12582 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12583
12584 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12585 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12586 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12587
12588 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12589 into the buffer at the current point.
12590
12591 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12592 into the buffer at the current point.
12593
12594 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12595 into the buffer at the current point.
12596
12597 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12598
12599 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12600 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12601
12602 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12603
12604 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12605
12606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12607
12608 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12609 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12610 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12611 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12612
12613 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12614
12615 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12616 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12617 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12618
12619 \(fn)" t nil)
12620
12621 ;;;***
12622 \f
12623 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12624 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12625 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12626 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12628
12629 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12630 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12631
12632 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12633 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12634 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12635 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12636 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12637 called interactively, are:
12638
12639 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12640 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12641
12642 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12643 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12644 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12645 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12646
12647 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12648 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12649
12650 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12651 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12652
12653 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12654 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12655 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12656 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12657 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12658 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12659 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12660 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12661 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12662 function returns t.
12663
12664 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12665 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12666
12667 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12668 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12669 form:
12670 Hi-lock: FOO
12671 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12672 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12673 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12674 Patterns will be read until
12675 Hi-lock: end
12676 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12677
12678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12679
12680 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12681 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12682 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12685 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12686
12687 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12688
12689 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12690 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12691 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12692 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12693 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12694
12695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12696
12697 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12698
12699 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12700 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12701
12702 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12703 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12704 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12705 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12706 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12707
12708 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12709
12710 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12711
12712 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12713 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12714
12715 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12716 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12717 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12718 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12719 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12720
12721 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12722
12723 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12724
12725 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12726 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12727
12728 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12729 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12730
12731 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12732
12733 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12734
12735 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12736 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12737
12738 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12739 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12740 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12741 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12742 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12743
12744 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12745
12746 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12747 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12748
12749 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12750 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12751 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12752
12753 \(fn)" t nil)
12754
12755 ;;;***
12756 \f
12757 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12758 ;;;;;; (18793 12083))
12759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12760
12761 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12762 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12763 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12764 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12765 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12766 how the hiding is done:
12767
12768 `hide-ifdef-env'
12769 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12770 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12771 is used.
12772
12773 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12774 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12775 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12776 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12777 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12778
12779 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12780 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12781 #endif lines when hiding.
12782
12783 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12784 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12785 is activated.
12786
12787 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12788 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12789 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12790
12791 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12792
12793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12794
12795 ;;;***
12796 \f
12797 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12798 ;;;;;; (19137 33009))
12799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12800
12801 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil)) "\
12802 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12803 Each element has the form
12804 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12805
12806 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12807 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12808
12809 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12810 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12811
12812 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12813 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12814 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12815 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12816 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12817 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12818
12819 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12820 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12821
12822 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12823 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12824
12825 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12826 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12827 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12828
12829 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12830 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12831 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12832 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12833 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12834
12835 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12836 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12837 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12838
12839 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12840 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12841
12842 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12843
12844 Key bindings:
12845 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12846
12847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12848
12849 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12850 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12851
12852 \(fn)" nil nil)
12853
12854 ;;;***
12855 \f
12856 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12857 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12858 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12859 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12860 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19100
12861 ;;;;;; 52258))
12862 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12863
12864 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12865 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12866
12867 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12868
12869 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12870 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12871 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12872 on and off.
12873
12874 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12875 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12876 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12877 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12878 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12879 through various faces.
12880 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12881 buffer with the contents of a file
12882 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12883
12884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12887 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12888
12889 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12890 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12891 in a distinctive face.
12892
12893 The default value can be customized with variable
12894 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12895
12896 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12897
12898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12899
12900 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12901 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12902 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12903
12904 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12905
12906 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12907 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12908
12909 \(fn)" t nil)
12910
12911 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12912 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12913
12914 \(fn)" t nil)
12915
12916 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12917 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12918
12919 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12920 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12921 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12922 shown in the last face in the list.
12923
12924 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12925 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12926 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12927
12928 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12929
12930 \(fn)" t nil)
12931
12932 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12933 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12934
12935 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12936
12937 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12938 to save the file.
12939
12940 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12941 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12942
12943 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12944 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12945 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12946
12947 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12948
12949 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12950 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12951
12952 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12953 this function is called interactively.
12954
12955 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12956 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12957 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12958
12959 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12960 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12961 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12962
12963 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12964
12965 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12966 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12967 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12970 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12971
12972 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12973
12974 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12975 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12976 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12977 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12978 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12979
12980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12981
12982 ;;;***
12983 \f
12984 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12985 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12986 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12987 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12988 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19088 27216))
12989 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12990
12991 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12992 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12993 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12994 or insert functions in this list.")
12995
12996 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12997
12998 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12999 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13000
13001 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13002
13003 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13004 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13005
13006 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13007
13008 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13009 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13010
13011 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13012
13013 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13014 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13015
13016 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13017
13018 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13019 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13020 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13021
13022 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13023
13024 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13025 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13026 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13027 \(as atoms)")
13028
13029 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13030
13031 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13032 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13033 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13034 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13035 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13036
13037 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13038
13039 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13040 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13041 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13042 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13043 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13044 expansions.
13045 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13046 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13047 undoes the expansion.
13048
13049 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13050
13051 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13052 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13053 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13054 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13055
13056 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13057
13058 ;;;***
13059 \f
13060 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13061 ;;;;;; (18785 31799))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13063
13064 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13065 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13066 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13067
13068 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13069 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13070 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13071 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13072 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13073
13074 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13075 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13076 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13077 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13078
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13080
13081 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13082 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13083 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13086 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13087
13088 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13089
13090 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13091 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13092 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13093
13094 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13095 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13096
13097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13098
13099 ;;;***
13100 \f
13101 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13102 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13103 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13104 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13105 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18900 23664))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13107
13108 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13109 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13110 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13111
13112 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13113
13114 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13115
13116 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13117
13118 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13119 Oriental holidays.
13120 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13121
13122 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13123
13124 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13125
13126 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13127
13128 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13129 Local holidays.
13130 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13131
13132 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13133
13134 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13135
13136 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13137
13138 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13139 User defined holidays.
13140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13141
13142 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13143
13144 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13145
13146 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13147
13148 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13149 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13150
13151 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13152
13153 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13154 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13155
13156 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13157
13158 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13159 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13160
13161 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13162
13163 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13164 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13165
13166 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13167
13168 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13169 Jewish holidays.
13170 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13171
13172 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13173
13174 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13175
13176 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13177
13178 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13179 Christian holidays.
13180 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13181
13182 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13183
13184 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13185
13186 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13187
13188 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13189 Islamic holidays.
13190 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13191
13192 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13193
13194 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13195
13196 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13197
13198 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13199 Baha'i holidays.
13200 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13201
13202 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13203
13204 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13205
13206 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13207
13208 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13209 Sun-related holidays.
13210 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13211
13212 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13213
13214 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13215
13216 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13217
13218 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13219
13220 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13221 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13222 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13223 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13224
13225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13226
13227 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13228 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13229 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13230 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13231 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13232
13233 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13234 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13235
13236 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13237 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13238
13239 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13240 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13241 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13242 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13243 of a holiday list.
13244
13245 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13246
13247 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13248
13249 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13250
13251 ;;;***
13252 \f
13253 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18785
13254 ;;;;;; 31966))
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13256
13257 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13258 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13259
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13261
13262 ;;;***
13263 \f
13264 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13265 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18785
13266 ;;;;;; 31800))
13267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13268
13269 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13270 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13271
13272 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13273 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13274 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13275
13276 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13277 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13278 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13279 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13280 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13281 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13282
13283 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13284 title of the column.
13285
13286 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13287 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13288 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13289 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13290 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13291
13292 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13293
13294 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13295 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13296 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13297 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13298 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13299
13300 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13301 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13302 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13303
13304 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13305
13306 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13307 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13308 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13309 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13310 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13311 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13312
13313 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13314 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13315 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13316 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13317 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13318 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13319 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13320 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13321 values are:
13322 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13323 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13324 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13325 buffer's modification flag.
13326 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13327 prompted before performing this operation.
13328 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13329 operation is complete, in the form:
13330 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13331 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13332 confirmation message, in the form:
13333 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13334 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13335 macro for exactly what it does.
13336
13337 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13338
13339 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13340 Define a filter named NAME.
13341 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13342 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13343 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13344
13345 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13346 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13347 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13348 bound to the current value of the filter.
13349
13350 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13351
13352 ;;;***
13353 \f
13354 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13355 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19141 18854))
13356 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13357
13358 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13359 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13360 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13361 buffers which are visiting a file.
13362
13363 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13364
13365 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13366 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13367 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13368 buffers which are visiting a file.
13369
13370 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13371
13372 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13373 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13374 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13375
13376 All arguments are optional.
13377 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13378 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13379 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13380 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13381 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13382 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13383 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13384 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13385 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13386 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13387 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13388 that value locally in this buffer.
13389
13390 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13391
13392 ;;;***
13393 \f
13394 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13395 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13396 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19086 47289))
13397 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13398
13399 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13400 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13401 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13402 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13403
13404 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13405
13406 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13407 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13408 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13409 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13410 ICAL-FILENAME.
13411 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13412 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13413 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13414
13415 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13416
13417 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13418 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13419 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13420 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13421 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13422 non-marking or not.
13423
13424 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13425
13426 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13427 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13428
13429 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13430 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13431 DIARY-FILE.
13432
13433 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13434 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13435 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13436
13437 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13438 non-marking.
13439
13440 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13441 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13442 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13443
13444 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13445
13446 ;;;***
13447 \f
13448 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18785
13449 ;;;;;; 31801))
13450 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13451
13452 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13453 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13454 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13455 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13456 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13457 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13458
13459 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13460
13461 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13462 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13463 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13464 otherwise turn it off.
13465
13466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13467
13468 ;;;***
13469 \f
13470 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18790 53119))
13471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13472
13473 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13474 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13475 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13476 Tab indents for Icon code.
13477 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13478 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13479 \\{icon-mode-map}
13480 Variables controlling indentation style:
13481 icon-tab-always-indent
13482 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13483 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13484 icon-auto-newline
13485 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13486 inserted in Icon code.
13487 icon-indent-level
13488 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13489 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13490 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13491 icon-continued-statement-offset
13492 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13493 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13494 icon-continued-brace-offset
13495 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13496 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13497 icon-brace-offset
13498 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13499 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13500 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13501 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13502
13503 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13504 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13505
13506 \(fn)" t nil)
13507
13508 ;;;***
13509 \f
13510 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13511 ;;;;;; (19130 52560))
13512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13513
13514 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13515 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13516 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13517 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13518
13519 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13520 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13521 separate frames.
13522
13523 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13524 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13525
13526 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13527 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13528 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13529
13530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13531
13532 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13533
13534 ;;;***
13535 \f
13536 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13537 ;;;;;; (19130 52561))
13538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13539
13540 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13541 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13542
13543 The main features of this mode are
13544
13545 1. Indentation and Formatting
13546 --------------------------
13547 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13548 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13549
13550 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13551 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13552 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13553 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13554
13555 Comments are indented as follows:
13556
13557 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13558 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13559 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13560
13561 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13562
13563 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13564 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13565 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13566 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13567 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13568 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13569
13570 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13571 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13572 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13573 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13574
13575 2. Routine Info
13576 ------------
13577 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13578 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13579 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13580 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13581 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13582 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13583 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13584 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13585 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13586 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13587
13588 3. Online IDL Help
13589 ---------------
13590
13591 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13592 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13593 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13594 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13595
13596 4. Completion
13597 ----------
13598 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13599 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13600 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13601 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13602 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13603 upper case.
13604
13605 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13606 --------------------------------
13607 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13608 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13609
13610 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13611 \\fu FUNCTION template
13612 \\c CASE statement template
13613 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13614 \\f FOR loop template
13615 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13616 \\w WHILE loop template
13617 \\i IF statement template
13618 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13619 \\b BEGIN
13620
13621 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13622 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13623
13624 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13625 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13626 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13627 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13628
13629 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13630 -------------------------
13631 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13632 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13633
13634 7. Automatic END completion
13635 ------------------------
13636 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13637 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13638
13639 8. Hooks
13640 -----
13641 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13642 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13643
13644 9. Documentation and Customization
13645 -------------------------------
13646 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13647 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13648 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13649 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13650 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13651
13652 10.Keybindings
13653 -----------
13654 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13655 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13656 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13657
13658 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13659
13660 \(fn)" t nil)
13661
13662 ;;;***
13663 \f
13664 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13665 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13666 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13667 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13668 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13669 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13670 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13671 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19088
13672 ;;;;;; 26448))
13673 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13674
13675 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13676 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13677 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13678 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13679 displaying...)
13680 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13681 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13682 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13683
13684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13685 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13686
13687 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13688
13689 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13690 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13691 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13692 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13693 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13694 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13695 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13696 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13697 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13698
13699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13700
13701 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13702 Switch to another buffer.
13703 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13704 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13705 in another frame.
13706
13707 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13708 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13709 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13710 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13711 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13712
13713 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13714 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13715
13716 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13717 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13718
13719 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13720 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13721 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13722 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13723 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13724 in a separate window.
13725 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13726 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13727 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13728 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13729 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13730 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13731 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13732 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13733 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13734
13735 \(fn)" t nil)
13736
13737 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13738 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13739 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13740 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13741
13742 \(fn)" t nil)
13743
13744 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13745 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13746 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13747 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13748
13749 \(fn)" t nil)
13750
13751 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13752 Kill a buffer.
13753 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13754 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13755
13756 \(fn)" t nil)
13757
13758 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13759 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13760 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13761 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13762
13763 \(fn)" t nil)
13764
13765 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13766 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13767 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13768 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13769
13770 \(fn)" t nil)
13771
13772 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13773 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13774
13775 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13776
13777 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13778 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13779 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13780 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13781 visible in another frame.
13782
13783 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13784 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13785 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13786 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13787 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13788 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13789
13790 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13791 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13792
13793 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13794 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13795
13796 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13797 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13798 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13799 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13800 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13801 in a separate window.
13802 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13803 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13804 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13805 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13806 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13807 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13808 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13809 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13810 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13811 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13812 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13813 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13814 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13815 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13816 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13817
13818 \(fn)" t nil)
13819
13820 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13821 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13822 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13823 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13824
13825 \(fn)" t nil)
13826
13827 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13828 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13829 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13830 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13831
13832 \(fn)" t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13835 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13836 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13837 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13838
13839 \(fn)" t nil)
13840
13841 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13842 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13843 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13844 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13845
13846 \(fn)" t nil)
13847
13848 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13849 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13850 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13851 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13852
13853 \(fn)" t nil)
13854
13855 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13856 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13857 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13858 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13859
13860 \(fn)" t nil)
13861
13862 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13863 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13864 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13865 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13866
13867 \(fn)" t nil)
13868
13869 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13870 Write current buffer to a file.
13871 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13872 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13873
13874 \(fn)" t nil)
13875
13876 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13877 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13878 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13879 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13880
13881 \(fn)" t nil)
13882
13883 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13884 Call `dired' the ido way.
13885 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13886 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13887
13888 \(fn)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13891 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13892 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13893 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13894 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13895 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13896
13897 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13898
13899 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13900 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13901 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13902 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13903
13904 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13905
13906 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13907 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13908 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13909 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13910
13911 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13912
13913 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13914 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13915 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13916 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13917 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13918 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13919 with `completing-read'.
13920 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13921 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13922 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13923 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13924 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13925 with point positioned at the end.
13926 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13927 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13928
13929 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13930
13931 ;;;***
13932 \f
13933 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18785 31802))
13934 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13935 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13936
13937 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13938 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13939 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13940
13941 \(fn)" t nil)
13942
13943 ;;;***
13944 \f
13945 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13946 ;;;;;; (18785 31802))
13947 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13948
13949 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13950 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13951
13952 \(fn)" t nil)
13953
13954 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13955 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13956
13957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13958
13959 ;;;***
13960 \f
13961 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
13962 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
13963 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
13964 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
13965 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
13966 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
13967 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
13968 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18785 31802))
13969 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
13970
13971 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
13972 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
13973
13974 \(fn)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
13977 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
13978
13979 Convenience command that:
13980
13981 - Opens dired in folder DIR
13982 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
13983 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
13984
13985 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
13986 image files in dired and type
13987 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
13988
13989 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
13990
13991 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
13992 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
13993
13994 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
13995
13996 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
13997 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
13998 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
13999 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14000 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14001 another one).
14002
14003 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14004 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14005 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14006
14007 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14008 instead of erasing it first.
14009
14010 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14011 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14012 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14013 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14014 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14015 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14016
14017 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14020 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14021 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14022 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14023 displayed.
14024
14025 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14026
14027 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14028
14029 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14030
14031 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14032 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14033
14034 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14035
14036 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14037 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14038 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14039
14040 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14041
14042 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14043 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14044
14045 \(fn)" t nil)
14046
14047 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14048 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14049 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14050 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14051
14052 \(fn)" t nil)
14053
14054 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14055 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14056
14057 \(fn)" t nil)
14058
14059 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14060 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14061
14062 \(fn)" t nil)
14063
14064 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14065 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14066
14067 \(fn)" t nil)
14068
14069 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14070 Display current image file.
14071 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14072 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14073
14074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14075
14076 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14077 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14078
14079 \(fn)" t nil)
14080
14081 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14082 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14083 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14084 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14085 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14086 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14087 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14088
14089 \(fn)" t nil)
14090
14091 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14092 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14093 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14094 easy-to-use form.
14095
14096 \(fn)" t nil)
14097
14098 ;;;***
14099 \f
14100 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14101 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14102 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18785 31803))
14103 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14104
14105 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
14106 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14107 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14108 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14109
14110 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14111 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14112 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14113 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14114
14115 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14116
14117 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14118 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14119 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14120 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14121
14122 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14123 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14124 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14125 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14126
14127 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14128
14129 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14130 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14131
14132 \(fn)" nil nil)
14133
14134 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14135 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14136 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14137 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14138
14139 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14140
14141 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14142 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14143 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14146 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14147
14148 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14149
14150 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14151 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14152 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14153 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14154
14155 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14156 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14157 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14158
14159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14160
14161 ;;;***
14162 \f
14163 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
14164 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19141 18854))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14166 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14167 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14168 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14169 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14170 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14171 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14172 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14173 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14174 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14175
14176 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14177 Major mode for image files.
14178 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14179 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14180
14181 \(fn)" t nil)
14182
14183 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14184 Toggle Image minor mode.
14185 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14186 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14187
14188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14189
14190 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
14191 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14192 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14193 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14194 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14195 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14196
14197 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14198 information on these modes.
14199
14200 \(fn)" t nil)
14201
14202 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14203 Not documented
14204
14205 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14206
14207 ;;;***
14208 \f
14209 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14210 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19092 42734))
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14212
14213 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14214 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14215
14216 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14217
14218 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14219 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14220 in the buffer.
14221
14222 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14223
14224 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14225 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14226 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14227
14228 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14229
14230 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14231 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14232
14233 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14234 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14235 pattern's structure.
14236
14237 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14238 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14239 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14240 during matching.")
14241 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14242
14243 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14244
14245 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14246 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14247
14248 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14249 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14250 called within a `save-excursion'.
14251
14252 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14253
14254 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14255
14256 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14257 Function for finding the next index position.
14258
14259 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14260 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14261 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14262 file.
14263
14264 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14265 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14266
14267 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14268
14269 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14270 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14271
14272 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14273 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14274 It should return the name for that index item.")
14275
14276 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14277
14278 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14279 Function to compare string with index item.
14280
14281 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14282 non-nil if they match.
14283
14284 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14285 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14286 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14287 arguments match\".")
14288
14289 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14290
14291 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14292 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14293 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14294
14295 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14296 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14297
14298 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14299
14300 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14301
14302 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14303 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14304 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14305 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14306
14307 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14308
14309 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14310 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14311
14312 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14313
14314 \(fn)" t nil)
14315
14316 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14317 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14318 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14319 for more information.
14320
14321 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14322
14323 ;;;***
14324 \f
14325 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14326 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14327 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19090 31892))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14329
14330 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14331 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14332
14333 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14334
14335 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14336 Not documented
14337
14338 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14339
14340 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14341 Not documented
14342
14343 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14344
14345 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14346 Not documented
14347
14348 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14349
14350 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14351 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14352
14353 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14354
14355 ;;;***
14356 \f
14357 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14358 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14359 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19130 52561))
14360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14361
14362 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14363 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14364 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14365 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14366 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14367
14368 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14369
14370 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14371 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14372
14373 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14374
14375 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14376 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14377 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14378 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14379 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14380 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14381 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14382 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14383
14384 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14385
14386 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14387 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14388 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14389 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14390 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14391
14392 This variable is only used if the variable
14393 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14394
14395 More precise choices:
14396 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14397 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14398 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14399
14400 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14401
14402 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14403
14404 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14405 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14406
14407 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14408 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14409 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14410 to that buffer.
14411 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14412 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14413 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14415
14416 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14417 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14418
14419 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14420
14421 ;;;***
14422 \f
14423 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14424 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14425 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14426 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14427 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
14428 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14429
14430 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14431 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14432
14433 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14434 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14435 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14436
14437 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14438 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14439 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14440 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14441 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14442 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14443 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14444 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14445 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14446 with the top-level Info directory.
14447
14448 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14449 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14450 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14451 appended to the Info buffer name.
14452
14453 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14454 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14455 in all the directories in that path.
14456
14457 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14458
14459 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14460
14461 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14462 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14463
14464 \(fn)" t nil)
14465
14466 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14467 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14468 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14469 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14470
14471 \(fn)" nil nil)
14472
14473 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14474 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14475 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14476 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14477
14478 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14479
14480 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14481 Go to the Info directory node.
14482
14483 \(fn)" t nil)
14484
14485 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14486 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14487 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14488 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14489 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14490 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14491
14492 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14493
14494 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14495 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14496 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14497
14498 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14499
14500 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14501 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14502
14503 \(fn)" t nil)
14504
14505 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14506 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14507 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14508 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14509 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14510
14511 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14512 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14513
14514 Selecting other nodes:
14515 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14516 Follow a node reference you click on.
14517 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14518 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14519 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14520 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14521 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14522 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14523 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14524 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14525 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14526 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14527 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14528 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14529 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14530 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14531 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14532 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14533 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14534 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14535 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14536 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14537
14538 Moving within a node:
14539 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14540 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14541 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14542 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14543 move up to the parent node.
14544 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14545 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14546 if there is none.
14547 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14548
14549 Advanced commands:
14550 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14551 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14552 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14553 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14554 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14555 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14556 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14557 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14558 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14559 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14560 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14561 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14562 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14563 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14564 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14565
14566 \(fn)" nil nil)
14567 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14568
14569 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14570 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14571 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14572 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14573 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14574 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14575
14576 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14577 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14578
14579 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14580 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14581 KEY is a string.
14582 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14583 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14584 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14585 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14586
14587 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14588
14589 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14590 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14591 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14592
14593 \(fn)" t nil)
14594
14595 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14596 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14597 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14598
14599 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14600
14601 ;;;***
14602 \f
14603 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14604 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14605 ;;;;;; (18785 31804))
14606 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14607
14608 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14609 Throw away all cached data.
14610 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14611 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14612 system.
14613
14614 \(fn)" t nil)
14615 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14616
14617 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14618 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14619 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14620 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14621 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14622 one found at point.
14623
14624 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14625
14626 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14627 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14628
14629 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14630 Display the documentation of a file.
14631 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14632 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14633 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14634 The default file name is the one found at point.
14635
14636 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14637
14638 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14641 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14642
14643 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14644
14645 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14646 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14647
14648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14649
14650 ;;;***
14651 \f
14652 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14653 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18785 31805))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14655
14656 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14657 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14658
14659 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14660
14661 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14662 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14663 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14664
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14666
14667 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14668 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14669 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14670
14671 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14672 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14673 quite a while.
14674
14675 \(fn)" t nil)
14676
14677 ;;;***
14678 \f
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14680 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18785 31806))
14681 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14682
14683 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14684 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14685
14686 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14687
14688 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14689 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14690
14691 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14692
14693 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14694 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14695 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14696 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14697
14698 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14699 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14700 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14701
14702 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14703 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14704 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14705 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14706
14707 \(fn)" t nil)
14708
14709 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14710 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14711 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14712
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14716 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14717 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14718 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14719 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14720
14721 \(fn)" nil nil)
14722
14723 ;;;***
14724 \f
14725 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14726 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14727 ;;;;;; (18785 31981))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14729
14730 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14731 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14732
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14734
14735 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14736 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14737
14738 \(fn)" t nil)
14739
14740 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14741 Not documented
14742
14743 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14744
14745 ;;;***
14746 \f
14747 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18790
14748 ;;;;;; 54820))
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14750
14751 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14752 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14753 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14754 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14755 accessed via isearchb.
14756
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14758
14759 ;;;***
14760 \f
14761 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14762 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14763 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14764 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18785 31981))
14765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14766
14767 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14768 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14769 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14770 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14771 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14772
14773 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14774
14775 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14776 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14777 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14778 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14779 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14780
14781 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14782
14783 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14784 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14785 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14786 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14787 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14788
14789 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14790
14791 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14792 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14793 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14794 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14795 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14796
14797 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14798
14799 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14800 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14801 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14802 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14803 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14804
14805 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
14808 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14809 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14810 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14811 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14812
14813 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14814
14815 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
14816 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
14817 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14818 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
14819 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14820
14821 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14822
14823 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
14824 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14825 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14827
14828 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14829
14830 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14831 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14832 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14833 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14834
14835 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14836
14837 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
14838 Warn that format is read-only.
14839
14840 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
14843 Warn that format is write-only.
14844
14845 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
14846
14847 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
14848 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14849
14850 \(fn)" t nil)
14851
14852 ;;;***
14853 \f
14854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14855 ;;;;;; (18785 31981))
14856 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14857 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14858 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14859 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14860
14861 ;;;***
14862 \f
14863 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14864 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14865 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14866 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
14867 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19130 52562))
14868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14869 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
14870
14871 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14872 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14873 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
14874 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
14875 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
14876
14877 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
14878 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
14879
14880 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14881 Key map for ispell menu.")
14882
14883 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14884 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14885 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14886 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14887
14888 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
14889
14890 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
14891
14892 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
14893
14894 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
14895
14896 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
14897 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14898 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14899 Valid forms include:
14900 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14901 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14902 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14903 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14904
14905 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
14906 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14907 First list is used raw.
14908 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14909
14910 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14911 for skipping in latex mode.")
14912
14913 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
14914 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14915 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
14916 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14917 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14918 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
14919 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14920
14921 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
14922 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14923 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14924 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14925
14926 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14927 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14928 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14929 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14930 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14931
14932 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14933 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14934
14935 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
14936 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
14937
14938 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14939 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14940
14941 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14942 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14943
14944 Return values:
14945 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14946 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14947 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14948 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14949 quit spell session exited.
14950
14951 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
14952
14953 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
14954 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14955 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14956
14957 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14958
14959 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
14960 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14961
14962 Selections are:
14963
14964 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14965 SPC: Accept word this time.
14966 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14967 `a': Accept word for this session.
14968 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14969 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14970 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14971 `?': Show these commands.
14972 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14973 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14974 the aborted check to be completed later.
14975 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14976 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14977 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14978 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14979 `C-l': Redraw screen.
14980 `C-r': Recursive edit.
14981 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
14982
14983 \(fn)" nil nil)
14984
14985 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
14986 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14987 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14988
14989 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
14990
14991 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
14992 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
14993 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
14994 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
14995
14996 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14997
14998 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
14999
15000 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15001 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15002 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15003 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15004
15005 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15006
15007 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15008 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15009
15010 \(fn)" t nil)
15011
15012 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15013 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15014
15015 \(fn)" t nil)
15016
15017 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15018 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15019
15020 \(fn)" t nil)
15021
15022 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15023 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15024 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15025 sequence inside of a word.
15026
15027 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15028
15029 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15030
15031 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15032 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15033
15034 \(fn)" t nil)
15035
15036 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15037 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15038 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15039 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15040
15041 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15042 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15043 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15044 available on the net.
15045
15046 \(fn)" t nil)
15047
15048 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15049 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15050 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15051 otherwise turn it off.
15052
15053 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15054 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15055
15056 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15057 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15058
15059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15060
15061 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15062 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15063 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15064 Don't check included messages.
15065
15066 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15067 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15068 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15069
15070 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15071 in your .emacs file:
15072 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15073 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15074 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15075 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15076
15077 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15078 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15079 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15080
15081 \(fn)" t nil)
15082
15083 ;;;***
15084 \f
15085 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19119
15086 ;;;;;; 31903))
15087 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15088
15089 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15090 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15091 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15094 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15095
15096 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15097
15098 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15099 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15100 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15101 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15102 `iswitchb' for details.
15103
15104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15105
15106 ;;;***
15107 \f
15108 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15109 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15110 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15111 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19094 13305))
15112 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15113
15114 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15115 Not documented
15116
15117 \(fn)" nil nil)
15118
15119 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15120 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15121 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15122 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15123 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15124 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15125 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15126 necessary to represent OBJ.
15127
15128 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15129
15130 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15131 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15132 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15133 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15134
15135 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15138 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15139 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15140 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15141 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15142
15143 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15144
15145 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15146 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15147 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15148 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15149
15150 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15151
15152 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15153 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15154 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15155 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15156
15157 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15160 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15161
15162 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15163
15164 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15165 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15166 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15167 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15168 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15169
15170 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15171
15172 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15173 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15174 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15175 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15176 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15177
15178 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15179
15180 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15181 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15182 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15183
15184 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15185
15186 ;;;***
15187 \f
15188 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15189 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18785 31807))
15190 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15191
15192 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15193 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15194 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15195 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15196
15197 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15198 Not documented
15199
15200 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15201
15202 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15203 Uninstall jka-compr.
15204 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15205 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15206 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15207
15208 \(fn)" nil nil)
15209
15210 ;;;***
15211 \f
15212 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19146 53668))
15213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15214
15215 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15216 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15217
15218 Key bindings:
15219
15220 \\{js-mode-map}
15221
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15223
15224 ;;;***
15225 \f
15226 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15227 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15228 ;;;;;; (18785 31916))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15230
15231 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15232 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15233 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15234 decimal key must be specified.")
15235
15236 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15237
15238 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15239 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15240 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15241 decimal key must be specified.")
15242
15243 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15244
15245 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15246 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15247 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15248 decimal key must be specified.")
15249
15250 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15251
15252 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15253 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15254 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15255 decimal key must be specified.")
15256
15257 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15258
15259 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15260 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15261 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15262 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15263 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15264 keys are bound.
15265
15266 Setup Binding
15267 -------------------------------------------------------------
15268 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15269 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15270 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15271 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15272 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15273 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15274 in the global and local keymaps.
15275
15276 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15277 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15278
15279 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15280
15281 ;;;***
15282 \f
15283 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15284 ;;;;;; (18785 31981))
15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15286
15287 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15288 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15289 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15290
15291 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15292 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15293 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15294 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15295 shorter.
15296
15297 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15298 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15299 the context of text formatting.
15300
15301 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15302
15303 ;;;***
15304 \f
15305 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18785
15306 ;;;;;; 31981))
15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15308
15309 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15310 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15311 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15312 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15313 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15314 positions that contains the current selection.")
15315
15316 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15317 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15318 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15319 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15320 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15321 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15322 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15323
15324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15325
15326 ;;;***
15327 \f
15328 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15329 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15330 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15331 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18790 54820))
15332 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15333 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15334 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15335 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15336 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15337 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15338 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15339 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15340
15341 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15342 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15343
15344 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15345
15346 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15347 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15348 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15349 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15350 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15351
15352 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15353
15354 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15355 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15356 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15357
15358 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15359 defining the macro.
15360
15361 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15362 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15363 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15364
15365 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15366 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15367
15368 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15369
15370 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15371 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15372 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15373 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15374 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15375 under that name.
15376
15377 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15378 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15379 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15380
15381 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15382
15383 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15384 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15385 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15386
15387 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15388 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15389 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15390 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15391
15392 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15393 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15394
15395 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15396
15397 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15398 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15399 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15400
15401 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15402 macro.
15403
15404 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15405 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15406
15407 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15408 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15409 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15410
15411 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15412 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15413
15414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15415
15416 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15417 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15418 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15419 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15420
15421 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15422
15423 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15424 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15425 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15426 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15427
15428 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15429 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15430
15431 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15432
15433 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15434 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15435 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15436
15437 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15438
15439 ;;;***
15440 \f
15441 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15442 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19017 29604))
15443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15444
15445 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15446 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15447 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15448
15449 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15450 Not documented
15451
15452 \(fn)" nil nil)
15453
15454 ;;;***
15455 \f
15456 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15457 ;;;;;; (19104 47795))
15458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15459
15460 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15461
15462 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15463 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15464
15465 \(fn)" t nil)
15466
15467 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15468
15469 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15470 Start or resume an Lm game.
15471 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15472 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15473
15474 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15475 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15476 none / 1 | yes | no
15477 2 | yes | yes
15478 3 | no | yes
15479 4 | no | no
15480
15481 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15482 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15483 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15484
15485 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15486
15487 ;;;***
15488 \f
15489 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15490 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15491 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18785 31988))
15492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15493
15494 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15495 Not documented
15496
15497 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15498
15499 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15500 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15501 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15502 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15503 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15504 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15505
15506 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15507 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15508
15509 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15510
15511 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15512 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15513
15514 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15515
15516 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15517 Not documented
15518
15519 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15520
15521 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15522 Not documented
15523
15524 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15525
15526 ;;;***
15527 \f
15528 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15529 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15530 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18785 31981))
15531 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15532
15533 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
15534 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15535 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15536 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15537
15538 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15539
15540 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15541 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15542 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15543
15544 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15545
15546 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15547 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15548 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15549
15550 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15551
15552 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15553 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15554 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15555 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15556
15557 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15558
15559 ;;;***
15560 \f
15561 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15562 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18785 31982))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15564
15565 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15566 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15567 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15568 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15569 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15570 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15571 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15572 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15573
15574 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15575 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15576
15577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15578 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15579
15580 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15581
15582 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15583 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15584 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15585 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15586 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15587 `latin1-display-setup'.
15588
15589 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15590
15591 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15592 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15593 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15594 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15595
15596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15597 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15598
15599 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15600
15601 ;;;***
15602 \f
15603 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15604 ;;;;;; (18785 32063))
15605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15606
15607 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
15608
15609 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
15610
15611 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15612 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15613
15614 \(fn)" t nil)
15615
15616 ;;;***
15617 \f
15618 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15619 ;;;;;; (18785 31808))
15620 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15621
15622 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15623 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15624
15625 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15626 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15627
15628 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15629 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15630
15631 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15632 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15633 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15634 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15635 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15636 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15637 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15638 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15639 and transmit saved text.
15640
15641 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15642 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15643 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15644
15645 \(fn)" t nil)
15646
15647 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15648 Not documented
15649
15650 \(fn)" nil nil)
15651
15652 ;;;***
15653 \f
15654 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18785 32030))
15655 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15656
15657 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15658 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15659 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15660 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15661 generations (this defaults to 1).
15662
15663 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15664
15665 ;;;***
15666 \f
15667 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15668 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19128 5383))
15669 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15670
15671 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15672 Format used to display line numbers.
15673 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15674 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15675 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15676 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15677
15678 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15679
15680 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15681 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15682
15683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15684
15685 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15686 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15687 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15689 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15690 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15691
15692 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15693
15694 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15695 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15696 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15697 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
15698 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15699
15700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15701
15702 ;;;***
15703 \f
15704 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18785
15705 ;;;;;; 31809))
15706 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15707
15708 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15709 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15710 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15711 is nil, raise an error.
15712
15713 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15714 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15715 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15716 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15717 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15718 defined by the library.
15719
15720 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15721 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15722 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15723 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15724 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15725 proceeds.
15726
15727 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15728 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15729 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15730 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15731
15732 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15733
15734 ;;;***
15735 \f
15736 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15737 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19113 50867))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15739
15740 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15741 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15742 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15743
15744 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15745
15746 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15747 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15748 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15749 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15750
15751 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15752 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15753 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15754 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15755 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15756 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15757 the version.)
15758
15759 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15760 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15761
15762 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15763 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15764
15765 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15766
15767 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15768
15769 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15770 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15771 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15772 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15773 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15774 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15775 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15776 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15777 to constrain a big search.
15778
15779 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15780
15781 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15782 except that FILTER is not optional.
15783
15784 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15785
15786 ;;;***
15787 \f
15788 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19146 53664))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15790
15791 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15792 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15793 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15794 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15795 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15796 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15797 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15798 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15799
15800 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15801 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15802 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15803 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15804 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15805
15806 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15807 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15808 uses the current buffer.
15809
15810 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15811
15812 ;;;***
15813 \f
15814 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19146
15815 ;;;;;; 53664))
15816 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15817
15818 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
15819 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15820
15821 \(fn)" t nil)
15822
15823 ;;;***
15824 \f
15825 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18785
15826 ;;;;;; 31810))
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15828
15829 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
15830 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15831 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15832 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15833 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15834
15835 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15836 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15837 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15838
15839 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15840 are indicated with a symbol.
15841
15842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15843
15844 ;;;***
15845 \f
15846 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15847 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19088
15848 ;;;;;; 27216))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15850
15851 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
15852
15853 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
15854
15855 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
15856 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15857 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15858
15859 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15860 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15861
15862 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15863 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15864 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15865 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15866 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15867 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15868 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15869
15870 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
15871
15872 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15873 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15874 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15875 switch on this list.
15876 See `lpr-command'.")
15877
15878 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
15879
15880 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15881 Name of program for printing a file.
15882
15883 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15884 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15885 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15886 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15887 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15888 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15889 argument.")
15890
15891 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
15892
15893 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
15894 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15895 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15896 for customization of the printer command.
15897
15898 \(fn)" t nil)
15899
15900 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
15901 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15902
15903 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15904 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15905 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15906 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15907
15908 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15909 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15910
15911 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15912 for further customization of the printer command.
15913
15914 \(fn)" t nil)
15915
15916 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
15917 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15918 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15919 for customization of the printer command.
15920
15921 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15922
15923 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
15924 Paginate and print the region contents.
15925
15926 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15927 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15928 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15929 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15930
15931 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15932 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15933
15934 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15935 for further customization of the printer command.
15936
15937 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15938
15939 ;;;***
15940 \f
15941 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15942 ;;;;;; (19088 27216))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15944
15945 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15946 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15947 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15948
15949 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
15950
15951 ;;;***
15952 \f
15953 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19088
15954 ;;;;;; 19166))
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15956
15957 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
15958 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15959 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
15960 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15961
15962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15963
15964 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
15965
15966 ;;;***
15967 \f
15968 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18785
15969 ;;;;;; 32063))
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15971
15972 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
15973 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15974 \\{m4-mode-map}
15975
15976 \(fn)" t nil)
15977
15978 ;;;***
15979 \f
15980 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15981 ;;;;;; (18785 31906))
15982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15983
15984 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
15985 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15986 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15987 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15988 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15989
15990 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15991
15992 ;;;***
15993 \f
15994 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15995 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18785 31811))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15997
15998 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
15999 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16000 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16001 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16002 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16003
16004 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16005
16006 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16007 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16008 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16009 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16010
16011 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16012 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16013 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16014 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16015 bindings.
16016
16017 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16018 use this command, and then save the file.
16019
16020 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16021
16022 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16023 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16024 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16025 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16026 each time the macro executes.
16027 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16028 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16029 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16030 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16031 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16032 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16033 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16034
16035 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16036
16037 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16038 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16039 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16040 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16041
16042 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16043 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16044 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16045 execute.
16046
16047 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16048 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16049
16050 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16051 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16052 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16053 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16054 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16055
16056 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16057 looked like this:
16058
16059 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16060 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16061 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16062
16063 You could enter the names in this format:
16064
16065 foo
16066 bar
16067 baz
16068
16069 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16070
16071 \\C-x (
16072 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16073 \\C-x )
16074
16075 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16076 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16077
16078 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16079 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16080
16081 ;;;***
16082 \f
16083 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16084 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18785 31992))
16085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16086
16087 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16088 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16089 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16090 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16091 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16092 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16093
16094 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16095 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16096 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16097 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16098 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16099
16100 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16101 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16102 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16103 consing a string.)
16104
16105 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16106
16107 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16108 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16109
16110 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16111
16112 ;;;***
16113 \f
16114 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16115 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16116 ;;;;;; (18785 31992))
16117 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16118
16119 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16120 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16121
16122 \(fn)" nil nil)
16123
16124 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16125 Not documented
16126
16127 \(fn)" nil nil)
16128
16129 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16130 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16131
16132 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16133
16134 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16135 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16136 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16137 message.
16138
16139 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16140
16141 \(fn)" nil nil)
16142
16143 ;;;***
16144 \f
16145 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16146 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16147 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16148 ;;;;;; (18843 36854))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16150
16151 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16152 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16153 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16154 often correct parser.")
16155
16156 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16157
16158 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16159 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16160
16161 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16162
16163 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16164 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16165 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16166 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16167
16168 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16169
16170 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16171 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16172 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16173 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16174
16175 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16176
16177 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16178 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16179 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16180 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16181
16182 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16185 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16186 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16187 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16188 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16189 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16190 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16191 as Rmail does.
16192
16193 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16194
16195 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16196 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16197 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16198 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16199 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16200 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16201 matches may be returned from the message body.
16202
16203 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16204
16205 ;;;***
16206 \f
16207 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16208 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18872
16209 ;;;;;; 43631))
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16211
16212 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16213 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16214 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16217 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16218
16219 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16220
16221 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16222 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16223
16224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16225
16226 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16227 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16228
16229 \(fn)" nil nil)
16230
16231 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16232 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16233 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16234
16235 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16236
16237 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16238 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16239 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16240
16241 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16242 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16243 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16244 double-quotes.
16245
16246 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16247
16248 ;;;***
16249 \f
16250 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16251 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19094
16252 ;;;;;; 53576))
16253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16254
16255 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16256 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16257 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16258 king@grassland.com
16259 If `parens', they look like:
16260 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16261 If `angles', they look like:
16262 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16263
16264 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16265
16266 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16267 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16268 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16269 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16270 their `Resent-' variants.
16271
16272 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16273 removed from alias expansions.
16274
16275 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16276
16277 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16278 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16279 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16280
16281 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16282 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16283 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16284 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16285
16286 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16287
16288 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16289 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16290 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16291 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16292
16293 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16294
16295 ;;;***
16296 \f
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16298 ;;;;;; (19045 17981))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16300
16301 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16302 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16303 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16304 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16305
16306 \(fn)" nil nil)
16307
16308 ;;;***
16309 \f
16310 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16311 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16312 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19100 52261))
16313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16314
16315 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16316 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16317
16318 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16319 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16320 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16321 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16322 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16323 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16324
16325 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16326 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16327 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16328 dependency, despite the colon.
16329
16330 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16331
16332 In the browser, use the following keys:
16333
16334 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16335
16336 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16337
16338 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16339 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16340
16341 `makefile-target-colon':
16342 The string that gets appended to all target names
16343 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16344 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16345
16346 `makefile-macro-assign':
16347 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16348 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16349 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16350 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16351 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16352 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16353
16354 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16355 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16356 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16357
16358 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16359 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16360
16361 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16362 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16363 up or down in the browser.
16364
16365 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16366 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16367
16368 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16369 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16370
16371 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16372 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16373 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16374 has been selected in the browser.
16375
16376 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16377 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16378 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16379 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16380 filenames are omitted.
16381
16382 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16383 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16384 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16385 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16386 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16387 the backslash itself intact.
16388 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16389 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16390
16391 `makefile-browser-hook':
16392 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16393 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16394
16395 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16396 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16397 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16398 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16399
16400 \(fn)" t nil)
16401
16402 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16403 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16404
16405 \(fn)" t nil)
16406
16407 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16408 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16409
16410 \(fn)" t nil)
16411
16412 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16413 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16414
16415 \(fn)" t nil)
16416
16417 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16418 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16419
16420 \(fn)" t nil)
16421
16422 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16423 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16424
16425 \(fn)" t nil)
16426
16427 ;;;***
16428 \f
16429 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18785
16430 ;;;;;; 31812))
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16432
16433 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16434 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16435 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16436
16437 \(fn)" t nil)
16438
16439 ;;;***
16440 \f
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19103 26692))
16442 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16443
16444 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16445
16446 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16447 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16448 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16449 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16450 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16451 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16452 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16453
16454 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16455 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16456 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16457 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16458
16459 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16460
16461 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16462 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16463
16464 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16465
16466 ;;;***
16467 \f
16468 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18785 31812))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16470
16471 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16472 Toggle Master mode.
16473 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16474 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16475 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16476
16477 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16478 following commands:
16479
16480 \\{master-mode-map}
16481
16482 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16483 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16484 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16485
16486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16487
16488 ;;;***
16489 \f
16490 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16491 ;;;;;; (18785 31812))
16492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16493
16494 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16495 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16496 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16499 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16500
16501 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16502
16503 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16504 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16505 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16506 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16507 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16508
16509 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16510 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16511
16512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16513
16514 ;;;***
16515 \f
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16517 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16518 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16519 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16520 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16521 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16522 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19130 46641))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16524
16525 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16526
16527 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16528 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16529 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16530 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16531 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16532 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16533 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16534 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16535 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16536 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16537 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16538 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16539 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16540 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16541 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16542 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16543 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16544 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16545 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16546 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16547 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16548 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16549 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16550 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16551 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16552 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16553 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16554 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16555 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16556 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16557 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16558 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16559 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16560 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16561 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16562 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16563 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16564 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16565
16566 \(fn)" t nil)
16567
16568 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16569 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16570 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16571 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16572 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16573
16574 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16575
16576 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16577 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16578
16579 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16580
16581 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16582 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16583
16584 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16585
16586 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16587 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16588
16589 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16590
16591 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16592 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16593 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16594
16595 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16596
16597 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16598 Cancel an article you posted.
16599 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16600
16601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16602
16603 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16604 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16605 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16606 header line with the old Message-ID.
16607
16608 \(fn)" t nil)
16609
16610 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16611 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16612
16613 \(fn)" t nil)
16614
16615 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16616 Forward the current message via mail.
16617 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16618 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16619
16620 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16621
16622 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16623 Not documented
16624
16625 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16626
16627 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16628 Not documented
16629
16630 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16631
16632 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16633 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16634
16635 \(fn)" t nil)
16636
16637 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16638 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16639
16640 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16641
16642 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16643 Re-mail the current message.
16644 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16645 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16646 you.
16647
16648 \(fn)" t nil)
16649
16650 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16651 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16652
16653 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16654
16655 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16656 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16657
16658 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16659
16660 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16661 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16662
16663 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16664
16665 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16666 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16667
16668 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16669
16670 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16671 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16672 Works by overstriking characters.
16673 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16674 which specify the range to operate on.
16675
16676 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16677
16678 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16679 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16680 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16681 which specify the range to operate on.
16682
16683 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16684
16685 ;;;***
16686 \f
16687 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16688 ;;;;;; (18785 32065))
16689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16690
16691 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16692 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16693 Special commands:
16694 \\{meta-mode-map}
16695
16696 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16697 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16698
16699 \(fn)" t nil)
16700
16701 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16702 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16703 Special commands:
16704 \\{meta-mode-map}
16705
16706 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16707 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16708
16709 \(fn)" t nil)
16710
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16714 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16715 ;;;;;; (18828 64032))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16717
16718 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16719 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16720 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16721
16722 \(fn)" t nil)
16723
16724 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16725 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16726 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16727 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16728 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16729 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16730 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16731
16732 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16733
16734 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16735 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16736 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16737 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16738 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16739 means current).
16740 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16741 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16742
16743 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16744
16745 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16746 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16747 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16748 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16749 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16750 means current).
16751 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16752 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16753
16754 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16755
16756 ;;;***
16757 \f
16758 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16759 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16760 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19095 23359))
16761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16762
16763 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16764 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16765 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16766
16767 \(fn)" t nil)
16768
16769 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16770 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16771 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16772
16773 \(fn)" t nil)
16774
16775 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16776 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16777
16778 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16779 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16780 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16781
16782 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16783 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16784
16785 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
16786 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
16787
16788 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16789
16790 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
16791
16792 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
16793 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16794 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
16795 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
16796 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
16797 as `compose-mail'.
16798
16799 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16800 initial Subject field, respectively.
16801
16802 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
16803 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
16804 are strings.
16805
16806 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
16807 ignored.
16808
16809 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16810
16811 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
16812 Save draft and send message.
16813
16814 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
16815 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
16816 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
16817 Mail Delivery*\".
16818
16819 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
16820 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
16821 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
16822
16823 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
16824 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
16825 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
16826 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
16827 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
16828 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
16829
16830 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
16831 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
16832
16833 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
16834 message and scan line.
16835
16836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16837
16838 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
16839 Quit editing and delete draft message.
16840
16841 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
16842 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
16843 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
16844 delete the draft message.
16845
16846 \(fn)" t nil)
16847
16848 ;;;***
16849 \f
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18995 56648))
16851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16852
16853 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16854
16855 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
16856
16857 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16858
16859 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
16860 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16861
16862 \(fn)" t nil)
16863
16864 ;;;***
16865 \f
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
16867 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19096 3518))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
16869
16870 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
16871 Incorporate new mail with MH.
16872 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16873
16874 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16875 the MH mail system.
16876
16877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16878
16879 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
16880 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16881 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16882
16883 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16884 the MH mail system.
16885
16886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16887
16888 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
16889 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
16890
16891 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
16892 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
16893 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
16894 separate command.
16895
16896 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16897 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
16898 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
16899 format.
16900
16901 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
16902
16903 Ranges
16904 ======
16905 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
16906 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
16907 can be used in several ways.
16908
16909 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
16910 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
16911 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
16912 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
16913 page):
16914
16915 <num1>-<num2>
16916 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
16917 The range must be nonempty.
16918
16919 <num>:N
16920 <num>:+N
16921 <num>:-N
16922 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
16923 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
16924 last.
16925
16926 first:N
16927 prev:N
16928 next:N
16929 last:N
16930 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
16931
16932 all
16933 All of the messages.
16934
16935 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
16936 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
16937
16938 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
16939 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
16940 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
16941
16942 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
16943
16944 \(fn)" t nil)
16945
16946 ;;;***
16947 \f
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16949 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18874 46954))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16951
16952 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
16953 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16954 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16955 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16956 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16957 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16958 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16959 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16960 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16961 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16962 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
16963
16964 \(fn)" t nil)
16965
16966 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
16967 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16968 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16969 to its second argument TM.
16970
16971 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16972
16973 ;;;***
16974 \f
16975 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16976 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18785 31813))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16978
16979 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16980 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16981 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16984 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
16985
16986 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
16987
16988 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
16989 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16990 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16991 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16992 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16993 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16994 default indication.
16995
16996 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16997 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16998
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17000
17001 ;;;***
17002 \f
17003 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18785 31814))
17004 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17005
17006 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17007 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17008 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17009 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17010 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17011 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17012 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17013 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17014 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17015
17016 \(fn)" t nil)
17017
17018 ;;;***
17019 \f
17020 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17021 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17022 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18785 31814))
17023 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17024 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17025
17026 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17027 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17028
17029 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17030 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17031 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17032 next occurrence.
17033
17034 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17035 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17036 end of the search space).
17037
17038 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17039 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17040 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17041 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17042 should return the previous buffer to search.
17043
17044 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17045 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17046 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17047
17048 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17049 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17050 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17051 Isearch starts.")
17052
17053 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17054 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17055 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17056
17057 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17058 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17059 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17060
17061 \(fn)" nil nil)
17062
17063 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17064 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17065
17066 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
17067
17068 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17069 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17070
17071 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
17072
17073 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17074 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17075
17076 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
17077
17078 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17079 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17080
17081 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
17082
17083 ;;;***
17084 \f
17085 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17086 ;;;;;; (19091 22286))
17087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17088
17089 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17090 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17091 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17092
17093 \(fn)" t nil)
17094
17095 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17096
17097 ;;;***
17098 \f
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17100 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18785 31968))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17102
17103 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17104 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17105
17106 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17107
17108 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17109 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17110 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17111 the entire message.
17112 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17113
17114 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17115
17116 ;;;***
17117 \f
17118 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17119 ;;;;;; (18785 31968))
17120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17121
17122 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17123 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17124 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17125 the entire message.
17126 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17127
17128 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17129
17130 ;;;***
17131 \f
17132 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17133 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18790 48672))
17134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17135
17136 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17137 Insert file contents of URL.
17138 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17139
17140 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17141
17142 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17143 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17144
17145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17146
17147 ;;;***
17148 \f
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17150 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18785 31969))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17152
17153 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17154 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17155 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17156 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17157 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17158
17159 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17160
17161 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17162 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17163 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17164
17165 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17166
17167 ;;;***
17168 \f
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17170 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17172
17173 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17174 Not documented
17175
17176 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17177
17178 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17179 Not documented
17180
17181 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17182
17183 ;;;***
17184 \f
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17186 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17187 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19137 28302))
17188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17189
17190 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17191 Not documented
17192
17193 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17194
17195 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17196 Not documented
17197
17198 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17199
17200 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17201 Not documented
17202
17203 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17204
17205 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17206 Not documented
17207
17208 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17209
17210 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17211 Not documented
17212
17213 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17214
17215 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17216 Not documented
17217
17218 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17219
17220 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17221 Not documented
17222
17223 \(fn)" nil nil)
17224
17225 ;;;***
17226 \f
17227 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17228 ;;;;;; (18430 8160))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17230
17231 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17232 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17233 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17234 followed by the first character of the construct.
17235 \\<m2-mode-map>
17236 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17237 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17238 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17239 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17240 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17241 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17242 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17243 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17244 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17245 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17246 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17247 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17248 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17249 \\[m2-link] link
17250
17251 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17252 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17253 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17254
17255 \(fn)" t nil)
17256
17257 ;;;***
17258 \f
17259 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17260 ;;;;;; (18785 32030))
17261 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17262
17263 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17264 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17265
17266 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17267
17268 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17269 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17270
17271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17272
17273 ;;;***
17274 \f
17275 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17276 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18785 31815))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17278
17279 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17280 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17281
17282 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17283 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17284 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17285
17286 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17287 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17288 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17289
17290 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17291 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17292
17293 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17294 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17295 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17296 hemisphere you're in.)
17297
17298 To test this function, evaluate:
17299 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17300
17301 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17302
17303 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17304 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17305
17306 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17307 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17308
17309 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17310 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17311 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17312
17313 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17314 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17315
17316 To test this function, evaluate:
17317 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17318
17319 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17320
17321 ;;;***
17322 \f
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18785
17324 ;;;;;; 31815))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17326
17327 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17328 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17329 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17332 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17333
17334 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17335
17336 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17337 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17338 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17339 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17340
17341 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17342
17343 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17344
17345 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17346
17347 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17348 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17349 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17350 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17351 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17352 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17353
17354 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17355 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17356 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17357 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17358 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17359
17360 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17361 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17362
17363 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17364 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17365
17366 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17367
17368 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17369 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17370 primary selection and region.
17371
17372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17373
17374 ;;;***
17375 \f
17376 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19104 47795))
17377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17378
17379 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17380 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17381
17382 \(fn)" t nil)
17383
17384 ;;;***
17385 \f
17386 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18785 31816))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17388
17389 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17390 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17391 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17394 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17395
17396 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17397
17398 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17399 Toggle Msb mode.
17400 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17401 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17402 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17403
17404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17405
17406 ;;;***
17407 \f
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17409 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17410 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17411 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17412 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17413 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17415
17416 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17417 Display a list of all character sets.
17418
17419 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17420 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17421 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17422 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17423 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17424
17425 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17426 but still shows the full information.
17427
17428 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17429
17430 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17431 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17432 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17433
17434 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17435 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17436 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17437 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17438 meanings of these arguments.
17439
17440 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17441
17442 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17443 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17444
17445 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17446
17447 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17448 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17449
17450 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17451
17452 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17453 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17454
17455 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17456
17457 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17458 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17459
17460 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17461 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17462 in place of `..':
17463 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17464 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17465 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17466 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17467 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17468 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17469 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17470 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17471 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17472 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17473 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17474 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17475 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17476 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17477 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17478 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17479
17480 \(fn)" t nil)
17481
17482 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17483 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17484
17485 \(fn)" t nil)
17486
17487 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17488 Display a list of all coding systems.
17489 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17490
17491 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17492 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17493
17494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17495
17496 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17497 Display a list of all coding categories.
17498
17499 \(fn)" nil nil)
17500
17501 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17502 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17503 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17504
17505 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17506
17507 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17508 Display information about FONTSET.
17509 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17510
17511 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17512
17513 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17514 Display a list of all fontsets.
17515 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17516 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17517 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17518
17519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17520
17521 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17522 Display information about all input methods.
17523
17524 \(fn)" t nil)
17525
17526 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17527 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17528
17529 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17530 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17531 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17532 system which uses fontsets).
17533
17534 \(fn)" t nil)
17535
17536 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17537 Show log of font listing and opening.
17538 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17539 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17540
17541 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17542
17543 ;;;***
17544 \f
17545 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17546 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17547 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17548 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17549 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17550 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18785 31982))
17551 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17552
17553 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17554 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17555 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17556
17557 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17558
17559 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17560
17561 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17562 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17563
17564 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17565 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17566
17567 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17568 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17569
17570 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17571
17572 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17573 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17574 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17575 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17576 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17577 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17578 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17579
17580 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17581 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17582 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17583 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17584 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17585 middle of a character in STR.
17586
17587 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17588 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17589
17590 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17591 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17592 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17593 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17594 defaults to \"...\".
17595
17596 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17597
17598 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17599 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17600
17601 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17602 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17603 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17604
17605 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17606 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17607 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17608
17609 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17610 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17611 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17612 are considered.
17613 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17614 longer than KEYSEQ.
17615 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17616
17617 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17618
17619 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17620 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17621 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17622 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17623 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17624 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17625 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17626 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17627 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17628 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17629 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17630
17631 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17632
17633 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17634 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17635
17636 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17637
17638 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17639 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17640
17641 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17642
17643 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17644 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17645
17646 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17647
17648 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17649 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17650
17651 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17652
17653 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17654 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17655 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17656 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17657 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17658
17659 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17660
17661 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17662 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17663 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17664 coding systems ordered by priority.
17665
17666 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17667
17668 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17669 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17670 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17671 language environment LANG-ENV.
17672
17673 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17674
17675 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17676 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17677 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17678 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17679 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17680 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17681
17682 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17683
17684 ;;;***
17685 \f
17686 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17687 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17688 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17689 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19130
17690 ;;;;;; 52560))
17691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17692
17693 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17694 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17695
17696 \(fn)" t nil)
17697
17698 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17699 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17700
17701 \(fn)" t nil)
17702
17703 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17704 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17705
17706 \(fn)" t nil)
17707
17708 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17709 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17710
17711 \(fn)" t nil)
17712
17713 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17714 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17715
17716 \(fn)" t nil)
17717
17718 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17719 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17720
17721 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17722
17723 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17724 Ping HOST.
17725 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17726 `ping-program-options'.
17727
17728 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17729
17730 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17731 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17732
17733 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17734
17735 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17736 Run nslookup program.
17737
17738 \(fn)" t nil)
17739
17740 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17741 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17742
17743 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17744
17745 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17746 Run dig program.
17747
17748 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17749
17750 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17751 Run ftp program.
17752
17753 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17754
17755 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17756 Finger USER on HOST.
17757
17758 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17759
17760 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
17761 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17762 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17763 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17764
17765 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17766
17767 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
17768 Not documented
17769
17770 \(fn)" t nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
17773 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17774
17775 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
17778 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17779
17780 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17781
17782 ;;;***
17783 \f
17784 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17785 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
17786 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
17787 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
17788 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
17789 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19146 53664))
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17791
17792 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
17793
17794 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
17795
17796 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
17797
17798 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
17799
17800 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
17801 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17802 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17803 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17804 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17805 Major modes should set this variable.")
17806
17807 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17808 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17809 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
17810 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17811 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
17812 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
17813
17814 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
17815 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
17816
17817 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17818 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17819 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17820
17821 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17822 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17823 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17824 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17825 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17826
17827 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17828 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17829 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17830
17831 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17832 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17833 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17834 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17835
17836 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
17837 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17838 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17839 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17840 column indentation or nil.
17841 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17842
17843 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17844 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17845 The function has no args.
17846
17847 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17848 comments always start in column zero.")
17849
17850 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
17851 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17852 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17853
17854 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
17855
17856 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17857 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17858 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17859 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17860
17861 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17862 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17863
17864 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
17865
17866 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17867 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17868 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17869 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17870 customize this variable.
17871
17872 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17873 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17874
17875 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
17876
17877 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
17878 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17879 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17880 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17881 the variables are properly set.
17882
17883 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17884
17885 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
17886 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17887
17888 \(fn)" nil nil)
17889
17890 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
17891 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17892 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17893
17894 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17895
17896 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
17897 Set the comment column based on point.
17898 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17899 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17900 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17901 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17902
17903 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
17906 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
17907 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17908
17909 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17910
17911 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17912 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17913 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17914 comment markers.
17915
17916 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17917
17918 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
17919 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17920 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17921 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17922 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17923
17924 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
17925 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
17926 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
17927
17928 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
17929 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
17930 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
17931 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
17932 changed with `comment-style'.
17933
17934 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17935
17936 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
17937 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
17938 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
17939 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
17940
17941 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17942
17943 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17944 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17945 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17946 is passed on to the respective function.
17947
17948 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17949
17950 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
17951 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17952 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17953 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17954 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17955 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
17956 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
17957 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17958 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17959 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
17960
17961 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17962
17963 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17964 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17965 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17966
17967 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
17968
17969 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
17970 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17971 This indents the body of the continued comment
17972 under the previous comment line.
17973
17974 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17975 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17976 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17977
17978 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17979 or comment indentation.
17980
17981 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17982 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17983
17984 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17985
17986 ;;;***
17987 \f
17988 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
17989 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19123 12729))
17990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
17991
17992 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
17993 Check whether newsticker is running.
17994 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
17995 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
17996
17997 \(fn)" nil nil)
17998
17999 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18000 Start the newsticker.
18001 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18002 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18003 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18004 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18005
18006 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18007
18008 ;;;***
18009 \f
18010 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18011 ;;;;;; (18785 32006))
18012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18013
18014 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18015 Start newsticker plainview.
18016
18017 \(fn)" t nil)
18018
18019 ;;;***
18020 \f
18021 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18022 ;;;;;; (18785 32006))
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18024
18025 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18026 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18027
18028 \(fn)" t nil)
18029
18030 ;;;***
18031 \f
18032 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18033 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18785 32006))
18034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18035
18036 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18037 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18038 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18039 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18040 empty.
18041
18042 \(fn)" nil nil)
18043
18044 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18045 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18046 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18047 running already.
18048
18049 \(fn)" t nil)
18050
18051 ;;;***
18052 \f
18053 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18054 ;;;;;; (19086 46698))
18055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18056
18057 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18058 Start newsticker treeview.
18059
18060 \(fn)" t nil)
18061
18062 ;;;***
18063 \f
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18065 ;;;;;; (19123 14669))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18067
18068 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18069 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18070
18071 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18072
18073 ;;;***
18074 \f
18075 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18785
18076 ;;;;;; 31971))
18077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18078
18079 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18080 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18081 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18082 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18083 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18084 symbol in the alist.
18085
18086 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18087
18088 ;;;***
18089 \f
18090 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18091 ;;;;;; (18797 39294))
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18093
18094 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18095 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18096 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18097
18098 \(fn)" t nil)
18099
18100 ;;;***
18101 \f
18102 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18103 ;;;;;; (18785 31973))
18104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18105
18106 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18107 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18108 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18109
18110 \(fn)" t nil)
18111
18112 ;;;***
18113 \f
18114 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18115 ;;;;;; (18785 31974))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18117
18118 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18119 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18120
18121 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18122
18123 ;;;***
18124 \f
18125 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18126 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18785 31975))
18127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18128
18129 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18130 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18131
18132 \(fn)" t nil)
18133
18134 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18135 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18136
18137 \(fn)" t nil)
18138
18139 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18140 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18141
18142 \(fn)" t nil)
18143
18144 ;;;***
18145 \f
18146 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18147 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18785 31817))
18148 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18149
18150 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18151 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18152 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18153
18154 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18155
18156 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18157 Not documented
18158
18159 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18160
18161 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18162 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18163 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18164 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18165 to future sessions.
18166
18167 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18168
18169 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18170 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18171 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18172 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18173 to future sessions.
18174
18175 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18176
18177 ;;;***
18178 \f
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18180 ;;;;;; (18785 32086))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18182
18183 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18184 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18185 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18186 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18187 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18188 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18189
18190 \(fn)" t nil)
18191
18192 ;;;***
18193 \f
18194 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18195 ;;;;;; (18785 32010))
18196 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18197
18198 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18199 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18200 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18201 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18202
18203 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18204
18205 ;;;***
18206 \f
18207 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19137
18208 ;;;;;; 28302))
18209 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18210
18211 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18212 Major mode for editing XML.
18213
18214 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18215 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18216 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18217 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18218 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18219 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18220 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18221
18222 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18223
18224 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18225 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18226
18227 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18228 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18229 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18230 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18231 instead of C-c.
18232
18233 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18234 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18235 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18236 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18237 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18238 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18239
18240 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18241 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18242 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18243
18244 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18245 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18246 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18247
18248 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18249 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18250 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18251 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18252 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18253 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18254 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18255 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18256 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18257
18258 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18259
18260 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18261 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18262
18263 \(fn)" t nil)
18264
18265 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18266
18267 ;;;***
18268 \f
18269 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18270 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18785 32012))
18271 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18272
18273 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18274 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18275 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18276 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18277
18278 \(fn)" t nil)
18279
18280 ;;;***
18281 \f
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18283 ;;;;;; (18785 32066))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18285
18286 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18287 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18288 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18289
18290 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18291
18292 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18293 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18294
18295 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18296 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18297 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18298
18299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18300
18301 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18302
18303 ;;;***
18304 \f
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18306 ;;;;;; (18790 53120))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18308
18309 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18310 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18311
18312 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18313 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18314 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
18315 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18316
18317 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18318 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18319 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18320 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18321 is why you need this mode!).
18322
18323 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18324 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18325 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18326
18327 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18328
18329 Keybindings
18330 ===========
18331
18332 \\{octave-mode-map}
18333
18334 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18335 ==============================================
18336
18337 `octave-auto-indent'
18338 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18339 Default is nil.
18340
18341 `octave-auto-newline'
18342 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18343 Default is nil.
18344
18345 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18346 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18347 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18348
18349 `octave-block-offset'
18350 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18351 Default is 2.
18352
18353 `octave-continuation-offset'
18354 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18355 Default is 4.
18356
18357 `octave-continuation-string'
18358 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18359 Default is a backslash.
18360
18361 `octave-send-echo-input'
18362 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18363 command to the inferior Octave process.
18364
18365 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18366 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18367 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18368
18369 `octave-send-echo-input'
18370 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18371
18372 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18373
18374 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18375 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18376
18377 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18378
18379 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18380 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18381
18382 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18383 (lambda ()
18384 (abbrev-mode 1)
18385 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18386
18387 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18388 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18389 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18390 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18391
18392 \(fn)" t nil)
18393
18394 ;;;***
18395 \f
18396 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18397 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18398 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18399 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18400 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18401 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19146 53667))
18402 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18403
18404 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18405 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18406 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18407
18408 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18409 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18410 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18411 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18412 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18413 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18414 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18415 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18416 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18417 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18418
18419 The following commands are available:
18420
18421 \\{org-mode-map}
18422
18423 \(fn)" t nil)
18424
18425 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18426
18427 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18428 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18429 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18430 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18431
18432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18433
18434 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18435 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18436 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18437 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18438 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18439 of Org-mode).
18440
18441 M-up Move entry/item up
18442 M-down Move entry/item down
18443 M-left Promote
18444 M-right Demote
18445 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18446 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18447 M-S-left Promote subtree
18448 M-S-right Demote subtree
18449 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18450 C-c ^ Sort entries
18451 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18452 TAB Cycle item visibility
18453 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18454 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18455 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18456
18457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18458
18459 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18460 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18461
18462 \(fn)" nil nil)
18463
18464 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18465 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18466
18467 \(fn)" nil nil)
18468
18469 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18470 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18471 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18472 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18473 call CMD.
18474
18475 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18476
18477 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18478 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18479 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18480 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18481
18482 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18483 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18484 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18485
18486 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18487
18488 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18489 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18490 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18491
18492 \(fn)" t nil)
18493
18494 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18495 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18496 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18497 Org-mode syntax.
18498
18499 \(fn)" t nil)
18500
18501 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18502 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18503
18504 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18505
18506 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18507 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18508
18509 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18510 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18511 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18512 returned as a list.
18513
18514 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18515 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18516 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18517 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18518 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18519 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18520 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18521 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18522 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18523 position.
18524
18525 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18526 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18527 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18528 visited by the iteration.
18529
18530 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18531
18532 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18533 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18534 file The current buffer, without restriction
18535 file-with-archives
18536 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18537 agenda All agenda files
18538 agenda-with-archives
18539 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18540 \(file1 file2 ...)
18541 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18542
18543 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18544 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18545
18546 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18547 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18548 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18549 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18550 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18551 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18552 function leaves it.
18553
18554 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18555 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18556 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18557 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18558 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18559 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18560 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18561 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18562
18563 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18564
18565 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18566 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18567 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18568 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18569
18570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18571
18572 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18573
18574 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18575 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18576 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18577 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18578
18579 \(fn)" t nil)
18580
18581 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18582 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18583
18584 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18585
18586 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18587 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18588 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18589
18590 \(fn)" t nil)
18591
18592 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18593 Not documented
18594
18595 \(fn)" t nil)
18596
18597 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18598 Reload all org lisp files.
18599 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18600
18601 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18602
18603 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18604 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18605
18606 \(fn)" t nil)
18607
18608 ;;;***
18609 \f
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18611 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18612 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18613 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18614 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19141 18869))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18616
18617 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18618 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18619 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18620 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18621
18622 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18623 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18624 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18625 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18626 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18627 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18628 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18629 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18630 e Export views to associated files.
18631 s Search entries for keywords.
18632 / Multi occur accros all agenda files and also files listed
18633 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18634 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18635 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18636 > Remove a previous restriction.
18637 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18638 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18639 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18640
18641 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18642 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18643 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18644
18645 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18646 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18647 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18648 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18649 \(if active).
18650
18651 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18654 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18655 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18656 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18657 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18658 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18659 before running the agenda command.
18660
18661 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18662
18663 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18664 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18665 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18666 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18667 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18668 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18669 before running the agenda command.
18670
18671 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18672 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18673
18674 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18675
18676 category The category of the item
18677 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18678 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18679 todo selected in TODO match
18680 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18681 diary imported from diary
18682 deadline a deadline on given date
18683 scheduled scheduled on given date
18684 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18685 closed entry was closed on given date
18686 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18687 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18688 block entry has date block including g. date
18689 todo The todo keyword, if any
18690 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18691 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18692 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18693 extra Sting with extra planning info
18694 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18695 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18696 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18697
18698 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18699
18700 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18701 Not documented
18702
18703 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18706 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18707
18708 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18709
18710 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18711 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18712 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18713 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18714
18715 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18716 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18717 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18718 agenda instead.
18719
18720 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18721 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18722 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18723
18724 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18725 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18726
18727 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18730 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18731 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18732 search only the headlines.
18733
18734 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18735 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18736 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18737 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18738 EDIT-AT.
18739
18740 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18741 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
18742 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
18743 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
18744 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
18745
18746 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
18747 that must or must not match in the entry.
18748
18749 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18750 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18751 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18752 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
18753
18754 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
18755 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18756
18757 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
18760 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
18761 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
18762 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
18763 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
18764 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
18765
18766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18767
18768 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
18769 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
18770 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
18771
18772 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
18773
18774 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
18775 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
18776 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
18777 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
18778 `org-stuck-projects'.
18779 MATCH is being ignored.
18780
18781 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18782
18783 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
18784 Return diary information from org-files.
18785 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18786 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18787 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18788 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18789
18790 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18791 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18792 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18793
18794 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
18795
18796 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18797 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18798 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18799 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18800
18801 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18802 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18803 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18804
18805 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18806 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18807 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18808 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18809
18810 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18811
18812 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18813
18814 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18815 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18816
18817 &%%(org-diary)
18818
18819 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18820 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
18821 So the example above may also be written as
18822
18823 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
18824
18825 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18826 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18827 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18828
18829 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
18832 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
18833
18834 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18837 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
18838 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
18839
18840 \(fn)" t nil)
18841
18842 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
18843 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
18844 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
18845 appointments.
18846
18847 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
18848 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
18849
18850 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
18851 for filtering entries out.
18852
18853 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
18854 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
18855
18856 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
18857 (category \"Work\"))
18858
18859 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
18860 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
18861
18862 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
18863
18864 ;;;***
18865 \f
18866 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
18867 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
18868 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
18869
18870 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
18871 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
18872 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
18873
18874 \(fn)" t nil)
18875
18876 ;;;***
18877 \f
18878 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
18879 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
18880 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19141 18869))
18881 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
18882
18883 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
18884 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
18885 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
18886
18887 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18890 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
18891 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
18892 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
18893 command to convert it.
18894
18895 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18896
18897 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18898 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
18899 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
18900 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
18901 cut-and-paste operations.
18902 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
18903 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
18904 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
18905 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
18906
18907 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
18908
18909 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
18910 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
18911
18912 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
18915 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
18916 If there is an active region, export only the region.
18917 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
18918 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
18919 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
18920 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
18921 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
18922 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
18923 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
18924 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
18925 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
18926 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
18927 publishing directory.
18928
18929 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
18930
18931 ;;;***
18932 \f
18933 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19141
18934 ;;;;;; 18869))
18935 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
18936
18937 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
18938 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
18939 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
18940
18941 \(fn)" t nil)
18942
18943 ;;;***
18944 \f
18945 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
18946 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
18947 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
18948
18949 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
18950 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
18951
18952 \(fn)" nil nil)
18953
18954 ;;;***
18955 \f
18956 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
18957 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19146 53667))
18958 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
18959
18960 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
18961 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
18962 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
18963 fontified, and then returned.
18964
18965 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
18966
18967 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
18968 Set up hooks for clock persistence
18969
18970 \(fn)" nil nil)
18971
18972 ;;;***
18973 \f
18974 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
18975 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
18976 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
18977 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19141 18869))
18978 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
18979
18980 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
18981 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
18982 This function can be used in batch processing.
18983
18984 For example:
18985
18986 $ emacs --batch
18987 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
18988 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
18989
18990 \(fn)" nil nil)
18991
18992 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
18993 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
18994 No file is created.
18995
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18997
18998 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
18999 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19000 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19001 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19002 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19003 then use this command to convert it.
19004
19005 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19006
19007 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19008 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19009 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19010 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19011 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19012 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19013 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19014 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19015 could call this function in the following way:
19016
19017 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19018
19019 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19020 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19021
19022 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19023
19024 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19025 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19026
19027 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19028
19029 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19030 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19031
19032 \(fn)" t nil)
19033
19034 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19035 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19036 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19037 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19038 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19039 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19040 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19041 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19042 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19043 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19044 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19045 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19046 publishing directory.
19047
19048 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19049
19050 ;;;***
19051 \f
19052 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19053 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19054 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19056
19057 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19058 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19059 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19060 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19061 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19062
19063 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19064 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19065 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19066
19067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19068
19069 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19070 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19071 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19072 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19073 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19074 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19075 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19076 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19077 command.
19078
19079 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19080
19081 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19082 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19083 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19084 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19085 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19086
19087 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19088 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19089 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19090 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19091
19092 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19093 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19094 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19095
19096 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19097 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19098 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19099 directory.
19100
19101 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19102
19103 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19104 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19105
19106 \(fn)" t nil)
19107
19108 ;;;***
19109 \f
19110 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19111 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19141
19112 ;;;;;; 18869))
19113 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19114
19115 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19116 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19117
19118 \(fn)" t nil)
19119
19120 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19121 Get inbox items from FEED.
19122 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19123 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19124
19125 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19126
19127 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19128 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19129
19130 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19131
19132 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19133 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19134
19135 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19136
19137 ;;;***
19138 \f
19139 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19140 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19141 18869))
19141 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19142
19143 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19144 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19145 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19146 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
19147 create a new footnote, interactively.
19148 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19149
19150 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19151
19152 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19153 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19154 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19155 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19156 Org-mode exporters.
19157 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19158 referenced sequence.
19159
19160 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19161
19162 ;;;***
19163 \f
19164 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19165 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19166 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19167 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19141 18869))
19168 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19169
19170 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19171
19172 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19173
19174 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19175
19176 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19177 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19178 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19179 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19180 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19181
19182 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19183
19184 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19185 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19186 emacs --batch
19187 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19188 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19189 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19190
19191 \(fn)" nil nil)
19192
19193 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19194 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19195 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19196
19197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19198
19199 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19200 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19201 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19202 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19203 command to convert it.
19204
19205 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19206
19207 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19208 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19209 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19210 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19211 cut-and-paste operations.
19212 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19213 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19214 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19215 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19216
19217 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19218
19219 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19220 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19221
19222 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19223
19224 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19225 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19226 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19227 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19228 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19229 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19230 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19231 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19232 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19233 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19234 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19235 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19236 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19237 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19238 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19239
19240 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19241
19242 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19243 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19244 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19245 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19246 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19247 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19248 need into your CSS file.
19249
19250 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19251 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19252 that uses these same face definitions.
19253
19254 \(fn)" t nil)
19255
19256 ;;;***
19257 \f
19258 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19259 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19260 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19262
19263 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19264 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19265 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19266 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19267
19268 \(fn)" t nil)
19269
19270 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19271 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19272 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19273 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19274
19275 \(fn)" t nil)
19276
19277 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19278 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19279 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19280
19281 \(fn)" t nil)
19282
19283 ;;;***
19284 \f
19285 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19286 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19287 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19141 18869))
19288 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19289
19290 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19291 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19292 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19293 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19294
19295 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19296
19297 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19298 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19299 Create an ID if necessary.
19300
19301 \(fn)" t nil)
19302
19303 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19304 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19305 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19306 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19307 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19308 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19309 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19310
19311 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19312
19313 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19314 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19315 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19316 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19317 eligible.
19318 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19319
19320 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19321
19322 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19323 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19324 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19325 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19326
19327 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19328
19329 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19330 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19331 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19332
19333 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19334
19335 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19336 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19337 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19338 if there is no entry with that ID.
19339 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19340
19341 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19342
19343 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19344 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19345
19346 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19347
19348 ;;;***
19349 \f
19350 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19351 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19353
19354 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19355 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19356
19357 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19358 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19359 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19360
19361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19362
19363 ;;;***
19364 \f
19365 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19366 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19367 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19368
19369 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19370 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19371
19372 \(fn)" nil nil)
19373
19374 ;;;***
19375 \f
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19377 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19378 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19379 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19380 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19381
19382 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19383 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19384 For example:
19385
19386 emacs --batch
19387 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19388 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19389 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19390
19391 \(fn)" nil nil)
19392
19393 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19394 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19395 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19396
19397 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19398
19399 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19400 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19401 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19402 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19403 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19404 then use this command to convert it.
19405
19406 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19407
19408 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19409 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19410 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19411 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19412 cut-and-paste operations.
19413 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19414 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19415 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19416 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19417
19418 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19419
19420 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19421 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19422
19423 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19424
19425 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19426 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19427 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19428 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19429 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19430 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19431 convert them as description lists.
19432 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19433 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19434 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19435 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19436 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19437 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19438 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19439 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19440 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19441 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19442 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19443
19444 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19445
19446 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19447 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19448
19449 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19450
19451 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19452 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19453
19454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19455
19456 ;;;***
19457 \f
19458 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19459 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19140
19460 ;;;;;; 24955))
19461 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19462
19463 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19464 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19465 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19466 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19467
19468 \(fn)" t nil)
19469
19470 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19471 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19472 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19473 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19474
19475 \(fn)" t nil)
19476
19477 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19478 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19479
19480 \(fn)" t nil)
19481
19482 ;;;***
19483 \f
19484 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19485 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19487
19488 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19489 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19490 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19491 line directly before or after the table.
19492
19493 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19494
19495 ;;;***
19496 \f
19497 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19498 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19499 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19500 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19501
19502 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19503
19504 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19505 Publish PROJECT.
19506
19507 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19508
19509 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19510 Publish all projects.
19511 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19512 directory and force publishing all files.
19513
19514 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19515
19516 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19517 Publish the current file.
19518 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19519
19520 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19521
19522 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19523 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19524 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19525 the project.
19526
19527 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19528
19529 ;;;***
19530 \f
19531 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19532 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19533 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19141 18869))
19534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19535
19536 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19537 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19538
19539 \(fn)" nil nil)
19540
19541 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19542 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19543 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19544 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19545 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19546
19547 \(fn)" nil nil)
19548
19549 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19550 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19551 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19552 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19553
19554 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19555
19556 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19557 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19558 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19559 of the remember buffer.
19560
19561 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19562 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19563 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19564 note stored by remember.
19565
19566 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19567 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19568
19569 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19570
19571 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19572 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19573 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19574 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19575 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19576
19577 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19578 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19579 process is used to select the target location.
19580
19581 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19582 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19583
19584 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19585 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19586 currently running.
19587
19588 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19589 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19590 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19591
19592 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19593 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19594 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19595 some additional data.
19596
19597 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19598 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19599 \(i.e. after the stars).
19600
19601 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19602
19603 \(fn)" nil nil)
19604
19605 ;;;***
19606 \f
19607 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19608 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19141 18869))
19609 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19610
19611 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19612 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19613
19614 \(fn)" nil nil)
19615
19616 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19617 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19618
19619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19620
19621 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19622 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19623 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19624 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19625 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19626
19627 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19628
19629 ;;;***
19630 \f
19631 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19632 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19633 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19635
19636 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19637 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19638 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19639 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19640 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19641 without user interaction.
19642 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19643 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19644 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19645 the region 0:00:00.
19646
19647 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19648
19649 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19650 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19651 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19652 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19653 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19654 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19655 that was not started at the correct moment.
19656
19657 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19658
19659 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19660 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19661
19662 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19663
19664 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19665 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19666
19667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19670 Set a timer.
19671
19672 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19673
19674 ;;;***
19675 \f
19676 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19677 ;;;;;; (19141 18869))
19678 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19679
19680 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19681 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19682 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19683
19684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19685
19686 ;;;***
19687 \f
19688 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19689 ;;;;;; (19092 42734))
19690 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19691 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19692
19693 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19694 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19695 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19696 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19697
19698 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19699 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19700 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19701 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19702
19703 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19704 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19705 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19706 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19707 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19708 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19709
19710 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19711 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19712 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19713
19714 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19715 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19716 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19717 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19718 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19719 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19720 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19721 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19722 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19723 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19724 The subheadings remain visible.
19725 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19726
19727 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19728 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19729 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19730
19731 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19732 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19733
19734 \(fn)" t nil)
19735
19736 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19737 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19738 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19739 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19740
19741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19742 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
19743
19744 ;;;***
19745 \f
19746 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19100 52259))
19747 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19748
19749 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19750 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19751 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19754 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19755
19756 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
19757
19758 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
19759 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19760 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19761 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19762
19763 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19764 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19765
19766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19767
19768 ;;;***
19769 \f
19770 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19771 ;;;;;; (19092 42734))
19772 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19773 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
19774
19775 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
19776 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19777 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19778 unknown are returned as nil.
19779
19780 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19781
19782 ;;;***
19783 \f
19784 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19086
19785 ;;;;;; 46698))
19786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19787
19788 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
19789 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19790 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19791
19792 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19793 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19794
19795 Other useful functions are:
19796
19797 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19798 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19799 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19800 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19801 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19802 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19803 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19804 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19805 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19806
19807 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19808
19809 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19810 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19811 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19812 Indentation for case statements.
19813 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19814 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19815 mark after an end.
19816 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19817 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19818 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19819 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19820 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19821 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19822 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19823 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19824 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19825 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19826
19827 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19828 pascal-separator-keywords.
19829
19830 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19831 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19832
19833 \(fn)" t nil)
19834
19835 ;;;***
19836 \f
19837 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19838 ;;;;;; (18785 31917))
19839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19840
19841 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
19842 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19843 The keys affected are:
19844 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19845 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19846 M-Backspace does undo.
19847 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19848 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19849 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19850
19851 \(fn)" t nil)
19852
19853 ;;;***
19854 \f
19855 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
19856 ;;;;;; (19114 60470))
19857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19858
19859 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19860 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19861 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19864 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19865
19866 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
19867
19868 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
19869 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19870
19871 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19872
19873 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19874 which modify the status of the mark.
19875
19876 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19877 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19878
19879 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19880 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19881
19882 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19883 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19884 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19885 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19886 turning PC Selection mode on.
19887
19888 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19889 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19890
19891 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19892 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19893 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19894
19895 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19896 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19897 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19898
19899 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19900 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19901
19902 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19903 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19904 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19905
19906 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19907 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19908 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19909
19910 F6 other-window
19911 DELETE delete-char
19912 C-DELETE kill-line
19913 M-DELETE kill-word
19914 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19915 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19916 M-BACKSPACE undo
19917
19918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19919
19920 ;;;***
19921 \f
19922 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18785
19923 ;;;;;; 31818))
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19925
19926 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19927 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19928
19929 \(fn)" nil nil)
19930
19931 ;;;***
19932 \f
19933 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19934 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18785 31818))
19935 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19936
19937 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19938 Completion for `gzip'.
19939
19940 \(fn)" nil nil)
19941
19942 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19943 Completion for `bzip2'.
19944
19945 \(fn)" nil nil)
19946
19947 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19948 Completion for GNU `make'.
19949
19950 \(fn)" nil nil)
19951
19952 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19953 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19954
19955 \(fn)" nil nil)
19956
19957 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
19958
19959 ;;;***
19960 \f
19961 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19962 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18785 31818))
19963 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19964
19965 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
19966 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19967
19968 \(fn)" nil nil)
19969
19970 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
19971 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19972
19973 \(fn)" nil nil)
19974
19975 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
19976 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19977
19978 \(fn)" nil nil)
19979
19980 ;;;***
19981 \f
19982 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19008
19983 ;;;;;; 34711))
19984 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19985
19986 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19987 Completion for the `rpm' command.
19988
19989 \(fn)" nil nil)
19990
19991 ;;;***
19992 \f
19993 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
19994 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
19995 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18785 31818))
19996 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19997
19998 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
19999 Completion for `cd'.
20000
20001 \(fn)" nil nil)
20002
20003 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20004
20005 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20006 Completion for `rmdir'.
20007
20008 \(fn)" nil nil)
20009
20010 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20011 Completion for `rm'.
20012
20013 \(fn)" nil nil)
20014
20015 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20016 Completion for `xargs'.
20017
20018 \(fn)" nil nil)
20019
20020 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20021
20022 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20023 Completion for `which'.
20024
20025 \(fn)" nil nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20028 Completion for the `chown' command.
20029
20030 \(fn)" nil nil)
20031
20032 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20033 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20034
20035 \(fn)" nil nil)
20036
20037 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20038 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20039
20040 \(fn)" nil nil)
20041
20042 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20043 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20044 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20045
20046 \(fn)" nil nil)
20047
20048 ;;;***
20049 \f
20050 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20051 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20052 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19034
20053 ;;;;;; 3429))
20054 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20055
20056 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20057 Support extensible programmable completion.
20058 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20059 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20060
20061 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20062
20063 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20064 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20065
20066 \(fn)" t nil)
20067
20068 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20069 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20070 This will modify the current buffer.
20071
20072 \(fn)" t nil)
20073
20074 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20075 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20076
20077 \(fn)" t nil)
20078
20079 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20080 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20081 This will modify the current buffer.
20082
20083 \(fn)" t nil)
20084
20085 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20086 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20087
20088 \(fn)" t nil)
20089
20090 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20091 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20092
20093 \(fn)" t nil)
20094
20095 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20096 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20097 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20098 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20099 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20100
20101 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20102
20103 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20104 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20105
20106 \(fn)" nil nil)
20107
20108 ;;;***
20109 \f
20110 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20111 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20112 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19137 28300))
20113 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20114
20115 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20116 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20117 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20118 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20119
20120 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20121
20122 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20123
20124 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20125 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20126 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20127 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20128 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20129 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20130 FLAGS is ignored.
20131
20132 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20133
20134 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20135 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20136 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20137 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20138 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20139 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20140 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20141 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20142
20143 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20144
20145 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20146 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20147 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20148 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20149 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20150 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20151 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20152 passed to cvs.
20153
20154 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20155
20156 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20157 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20158 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20159 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20160 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20161 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20162 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20163
20164 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20165
20166 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20167 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20168 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20169
20170 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20171
20172 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20173 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20174 A value of nil means never do it.
20175 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20176 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20177 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20178
20179 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20180
20181 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20182 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20183 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20184
20185 ;;;***
20186 \f
20187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18785 31818))
20188 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20189
20190 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20191
20192 ;;;***
20193 \f
20194 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20195 ;;;;;; (18815 49209))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20197 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20198 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20199 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20200 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20201 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20202 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20203
20204 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20205 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20206 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20207 Tab indents for Perl code.
20208 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20209 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20210 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20211 \\{perl-mode-map}
20212 Variables controlling indentation style:
20213 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20214 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20215 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20216 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20217 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20218 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20219 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20220 `perl-nochange'
20221 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20222 `perl-indent-level'
20223 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20224 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20225 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20226 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20227 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20228 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20229 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20230 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20231 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20232 `perl-brace-offset'
20233 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20234 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20235 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20236 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20237 `perl-label-offset'
20238 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20239 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20240 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20241
20242 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20243 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20244 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20245 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20246 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20247 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20248 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20249
20250 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20251
20252 \(fn)" t nil)
20253
20254 ;;;***
20255 \f
20256 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20257 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20258 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20259 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19146 53664))
20260 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20261
20262 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20263 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20264
20265 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20266
20267 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20268 passphrase cache or user.
20269
20270 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20271
20272 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20273 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20274
20275 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20276 cache or user.
20277
20278 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20279
20280 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20281 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20282
20283 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20284 the region.
20285
20286 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20287 passphrase cache or user.
20288
20289 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20290
20291 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20292 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20293
20294 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20295
20296 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20297 the region.
20298
20299 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20300 passphrase cache or user.
20301
20302 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20303
20304 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20305 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20306
20307 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20308 passphrase cache or user.
20309
20310 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20311
20312 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20313 Decrypt the current buffer.
20314
20315 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20316 the region.
20317
20318 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20319 passphrase cache or user.
20320
20321 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20322
20323 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20324 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20325
20326 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20327 a detached signature.
20328
20329 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20330 and the output is displayed.
20331
20332 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20333 passphrase cache or user.
20334
20335 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20336
20337 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20338 Sign the current buffer.
20339
20340 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20341 detached signature.
20342
20343 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20344 within the region.
20345
20346 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20347 and the output is displayed.
20348
20349 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20350 passphrase cache or user.
20351
20352 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20353
20354 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20355 Verify the current region between START and END.
20356 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20357 the detached signature of the current region.
20358
20359 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20360 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20361
20362 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20363
20364 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20365 Verify the current buffer.
20366 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20367 the detached signature of the current region.
20368 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20369 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20370 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20371 within the region.
20372
20373 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20374
20375 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20376 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20377
20378 \(fn)" t nil)
20379
20380 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20381 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20382
20383 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20386 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20387
20388 \(fn)" t nil)
20389
20390 ;;;***
20391 \f
20392 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20393 ;;;;;; (19002 32199))
20394 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20395
20396 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20397 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20398
20399 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20400
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20404 ;;;;;; (19113 41177))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20406
20407 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20408 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20409 \\<picture-mode-map>
20410 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20411 afterwards settable by these commands:
20412
20413 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20414 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20415 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20416 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20417
20418 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20419 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20420 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20421 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20422
20423 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20424 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20425 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20426 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20427
20428 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20429 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20430 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20431 with these commands:
20432
20433 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20434 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20435 Move to column following last
20436 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20437 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20438 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20439 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20440 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20441 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20442
20443 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20444
20445 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20446 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20447 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20448 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20449 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20450 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20451
20452 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20453 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20454 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20455 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20456 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20457 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20458 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20459
20460 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20461 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20462 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20463 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20464 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20465 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20466 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20467 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20468
20469 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20470 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20471 by supplying an argument.
20472
20473 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20474
20475 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20476 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20477
20478 \(fn)" t nil)
20479
20480 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20481
20482 ;;;***
20483 \f
20484 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20485 ;;;;;; (18785 32088))
20486 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20487
20488 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20489 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20490 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20491
20492 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20493
20494 ;;;***
20495 \f
20496 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19104 47795))
20497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20498
20499 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20500 Play pong and waste time.
20501 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20502 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20503
20504 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20505
20506 \\{pong-mode-map}
20507
20508 \(fn)" t nil)
20509
20510 ;;;***
20511 \f
20512 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20513 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20514 ;;;;;; (19046 32081))
20515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20516
20517 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20518 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20519 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20520 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20521
20522 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20523
20524 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20525 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20530 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20531 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20532 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20533 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20534
20535 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20536
20537 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20538 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20539 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20540
20541 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20544 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20545
20546 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20547
20548 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20549 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20550 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20551 Ignores leading comment characters.
20552
20553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20554
20555 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20556 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20557 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20558 Ignores leading comment characters.
20559
20560 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20561
20562 ;;;***
20563 \f
20564 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20565 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20566 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20567 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20568 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20569 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20570 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20571 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20572 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20573 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20574 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20575 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20576 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20577 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20578 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20579 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20580 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20581 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20582 ;;;;;; (19086 19373))
20583 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20584
20585 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20586 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20587
20588 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20589
20590 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20591
20592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20593
20594 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20595 Preview directory using ghostview.
20596
20597 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20598 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20599 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20600 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20601
20602 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20603 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20604 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20605 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20606 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20607 file name.
20608
20609 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20610
20611 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20612
20613 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20614 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20615
20616 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20617 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20618 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20619 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20620
20621 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20622 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20623 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20624 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20625 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20626 file name.
20627
20628 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20629
20630 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20631
20632 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20633 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20634
20635 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20636 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20637 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20638 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20639
20640 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20641 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20642 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20643 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20644 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20645 file name.
20646
20647 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20648
20649 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20650
20651 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20652 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20653
20654 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20655
20656 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20657 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20658 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20659 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20660
20661 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20662 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20663 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20664 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20665 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20666 file name.
20667
20668 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20669
20670 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20671
20672 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20673 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20674
20675 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20676 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20677 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20678
20679 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20680 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20681 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20682 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20683
20684 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20685
20686 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20687 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20688
20689 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20690 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20691 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20692
20693 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20694 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20695 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20696 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20697
20698 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20699
20700 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20701 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20702
20703 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20704 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20705 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20706
20707 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20708 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20709 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20710 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20711
20712 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20713
20714 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20715 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20716
20717 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20718
20719 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20720 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20721 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20722
20723 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20724 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20725 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20726 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20727
20728 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20729
20730 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20731 Preview region using ghostview.
20732
20733 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20734
20735 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20736
20737 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20738 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20739
20740 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20741
20742 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20743
20744 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20745 Print region using PostScript printer.
20746
20747 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20748
20749 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20750
20751 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20752 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20753
20754 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20755
20756 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20757
20758 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
20759 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20760
20761 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20762
20763 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20764
20765 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20766 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20767
20768 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20769
20770 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20771
20772 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
20773 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20774
20775 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20776
20777 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20778
20779 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
20780 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20781
20782 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20783
20784 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20785
20786 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
20787 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20788 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20789 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20790
20791 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20792 matching.
20793
20794 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20795 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20796
20797 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20798
20799 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20800
20801 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
20802 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20803 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20804 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20805
20806 \(fn)" t nil)
20807
20808 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
20809 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20810 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20811 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20812
20813 \(fn)" t nil)
20814
20815 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
20816 Print directory using text printer.
20817
20818 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20819 matching.
20820
20821 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20822 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20823
20824 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20825
20826 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20827
20828 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
20829 Print buffer using text printer.
20830
20831 \(fn)" t nil)
20832
20833 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
20834 Print region using text printer.
20835
20836 \(fn)" t nil)
20837
20838 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
20839 Print major mode using text printer.
20840
20841 \(fn)" t nil)
20842
20843 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
20844 Preview spooled PostScript.
20845
20846 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20847 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20848 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20849
20850 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20851 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20852 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20853
20854 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20857 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20858
20859 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20860 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20861 instead of sending it to the printer.
20862
20863 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20864 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20865 image in a file with that name.
20866
20867 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20868
20869 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
20870 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20871
20872 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20873 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20874 instead of sending it to the printer.
20875
20876 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20877 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20878 image in a file with that name.
20879
20880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20881
20882 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
20883 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20884
20885 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20886 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20887 instead of sending it to the printer.
20888
20889 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20890 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20891 image in a file with that name.
20892
20893 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20894
20895 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
20896 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20897
20898 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20899
20900 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
20901 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20902
20903 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20904
20905 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20906 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20907
20908 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20909
20910 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
20911 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20912
20913 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20914
20915 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
20916 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20917
20918 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
20921 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20922
20923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20924 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20925 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20926 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20927
20928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20929 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20930 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20931 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20932 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20933 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20934 file name.
20935
20936 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20937
20938 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
20939 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20940
20941 \(fn)" t nil)
20942
20943 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
20944 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20945
20946 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20947 right.
20948 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20949 bottom.
20950
20951 \(fn)" t nil)
20952
20953 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
20954 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20955
20956 \(fn)" t nil)
20957
20958 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
20959 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20960
20961 \(fn)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
20964 Toggle printing with faces.
20965
20966 \(fn)" t nil)
20967
20968 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
20969 Toggle spooling.
20970
20971 \(fn)" t nil)
20972
20973 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
20974 Toggle duplex.
20975
20976 \(fn)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
20979 Toggle tumble.
20980
20981 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20982 right.
20983 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20984 bottom.
20985
20986 \(fn)" t nil)
20987
20988 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
20989 Toggle landscape.
20990
20991 \(fn)" t nil)
20992
20993 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
20994 Toggle upside-down.
20995
20996 \(fn)" t nil)
20997
20998 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
20999 Toggle line number.
21000
21001 \(fn)" t nil)
21002
21003 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21004 Toggle zebra stripes.
21005
21006 \(fn)" t nil)
21007
21008 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21009 Toggle printing header.
21010
21011 \(fn)" t nil)
21012
21013 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21014 Toggle printing header frame.
21015
21016 \(fn)" t nil)
21017
21018 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21019 Toggle menu lock.
21020
21021 \(fn)" t nil)
21022
21023 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21024 Toggle auto region.
21025
21026 \(fn)" t nil)
21027
21028 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21029 Toggle auto mode.
21030
21031 \(fn)" t nil)
21032
21033 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21034 Customization of the `printing' group.
21035
21036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21037
21038 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21039 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21040
21041 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21042
21043 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21044 Help for the printing package.
21045
21046 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21047
21048 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21049 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21050
21051 \(fn)" t nil)
21052
21053 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21054 Interactively select a text printer.
21055
21056 \(fn)" t nil)
21057
21058 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21059 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21060
21061 \(fn)" t nil)
21062
21063 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21064 Show current ps-print settings.
21065
21066 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21067
21068 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21069 Show current printing settings.
21070
21071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21074 Show current lpr settings.
21075
21076 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21079 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21080
21081 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21082 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21083 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21084 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21085
21086
21087 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21088
21089 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21090 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21091 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21092
21093 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21094 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21095 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21096 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21097 current active printer.
21098
21099 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21100 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21101 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21102 printer.
21103
21104 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21105 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21106 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21107 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21108 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21109
21110
21111 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21112 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21113
21114 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21115
21116 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21117 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21118 be done using the new current active printer.
21119
21120 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21121 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21122 printer.
21123
21124 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21125 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21126 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21127 instead of sending it to the printer.
21128
21129 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21130 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21131 printer.
21132
21133 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21134
21135
21136 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21137 are both set to t.
21138
21139 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21140
21141 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21142 Fast fire function for text printing.
21143
21144 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21145 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21146 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21147 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21148
21149 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21150 user for a new active text printer.
21151
21152 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21153
21154 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21155
21156 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21157 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21158 printer.
21159
21160 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21161
21162 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21163 are both set to t.
21164
21165 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21166
21167 ;;;***
21168 \f
21169 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19115 2705))
21170 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21171
21172 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21173 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21174 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21175 information will be displayed but not selected.
21176 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21177
21178 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21179
21180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21181
21182 ;;;***
21183 \f
21184 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21185 ;;;;;; (19088 17710))
21186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21187
21188 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21189 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21190 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21191 Commands:
21192 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21193 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21194 if that value is non-nil.
21195
21196 \(fn)" t nil)
21197
21198 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21199
21200 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21201 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21202 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21203
21204 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21205
21206 ;;;***
21207 \f
21208 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18793
21209 ;;;;;; 6530))
21210 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21211
21212 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21213 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21214 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21215
21216 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21217
21218 ;;;***
21219 \f
21220 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
21221 ;;;;;; 927))
21222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21223
21224 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21225 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21226
21227 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21228
21229 The following variables hold user options, and can
21230 be set through the `customize' command:
21231
21232 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21233 `ps-mode-tab'
21234 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21235 `ps-mode-print-function'
21236 `ps-run-prompt'
21237 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21238 `ps-run-x'
21239 `ps-run-dumb'
21240 `ps-run-init'
21241 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21242 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21243
21244 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21245
21246
21247 \\{ps-mode-map}
21248
21249
21250 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21251 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21252 The keymap for this second window is:
21253
21254 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21255
21256
21257 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21258 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21259 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21260 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21261 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21262
21263 \(fn)" t nil)
21264
21265 ;;;***
21266 \f
21267 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21268 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21269 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21270 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21271 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21272 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19130
21273 ;;;;;; 52558))
21274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21275
21276 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
21277 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21278 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21279
21280 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21281
21282 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21283 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21284 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21285 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21286
21287 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21288
21289 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21290 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21291
21292 Valid values are:
21293
21294 nil Do not print colors.
21295
21296 t Print colors.
21297
21298 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21299 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21300
21301 Any other value is treated as t.")
21302
21303 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21304
21305 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21306 Customization of ps-print group.
21307
21308 \(fn)" t nil)
21309
21310 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21311 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21312
21313 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21314 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21315 sending it to the printer.
21316
21317 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21318 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21319 image in a file with that name.
21320
21321 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21324 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21325 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21326 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21327 so it has a way to determine color values.
21328
21329 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21332 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21333 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21334
21335 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21338 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21339 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21340 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21341 so it has a way to determine color values.
21342
21343 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21344
21345 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21346 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21347 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21348 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21349
21350 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21351
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21355 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21356 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21357 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21358 so it has a way to determine color values.
21359
21360 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21361
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21365 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21366 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21367
21368 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21369
21370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21373 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21374 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21375 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21376 so it has a way to determine color values.
21377
21378 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21379
21380 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21383 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21384
21385 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21386 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21387 instead of sending it to the printer.
21388
21389 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21390 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21391 image in a file with that name.
21392
21393 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21394
21395 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21396 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21397 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21398 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21399 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21400
21401 \(fn)" t nil)
21402
21403 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21404 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21405 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21406
21407 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21410 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21411 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21412
21413 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21414
21415 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21416 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21417
21418 \(fn)" nil nil)
21419
21420 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21421 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21422
21423 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21424 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21425
21426 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21427 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21428
21429 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21430
21431 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21432
21433 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21434
21435 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21436 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21437
21438 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21439 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21440
21441 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21442 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21443
21444 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21445
21446 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21447
21448 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21449
21450 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21451 foreground and background colors respectively.
21452
21453 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21454 bold - use bold font.
21455 italic - use italic font.
21456 underline - put a line under text.
21457 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21458 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21459 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21460 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21461 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21462
21463 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21464
21465 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21466
21467 ;;;***
21468 \f
21469 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21470 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19146 53668))
21471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21472
21473 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21474
21475 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21476
21477 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21478
21479 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21480 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21481 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21482 buffer automatically.
21483
21484 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21485 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21486 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21487 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21488 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21489 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21490 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21491
21492 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21493 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21494 buffer for a list of commands.)
21495
21496 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21497
21498 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21499 Major mode for editing Python files.
21500 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21501 for correct parsing of the source.
21502 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21503 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21504 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21505
21506 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21507 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21508 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21509 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21510 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21511 \\<python-mode-map>
21512 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21513 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21514 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21515 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21516 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21517 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21518
21519 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21520 effect outside them.
21521
21522 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21523 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21524 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21525 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21526 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21527 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21528 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21529 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21530 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21531
21532 \\{python-mode-map}
21533
21534 \(fn)" t nil)
21535
21536 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21537 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21538 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21539 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21540
21541 \(fn)" t nil)
21542
21543 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21544 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21545 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21546 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21547 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21548 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21549
21550 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21551 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21552 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21553 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21554 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21555 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21556 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21557
21558 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21559 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21560 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21561 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21562 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21563
21564 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21565 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21566 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21567 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21568 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21569 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21570 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21571 mode.
21572
21573 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21574 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21575 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21576 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21577 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21578 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21579 filter.
21580
21581 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21582
21583 ;;;***
21584 \f
21585 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21586 ;;;;;; (19104 32599))
21587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21588
21589 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21590 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21591 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21592 coding-system.
21593
21594 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21595 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21596
21597 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21598 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21599 them into characters should be done separately.
21600
21601 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21602
21603 ;;;***
21604 \f
21605 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21606 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21607 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21608 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21609 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19072 37969))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21611
21612 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21613 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21614
21615 \(fn)" nil nil)
21616
21617 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21618 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21619 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21620
21621 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21622 `quail-activate', which see.
21623
21624 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21625
21626 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21627 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21628 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21629 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21630 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21631 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21632 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21633
21634 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21635 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21636 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21637 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21638 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21639 shown.
21640 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21641
21642 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21643 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21644 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21645 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21646 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21647 list of candidates.
21648
21649 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21650 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21651 command to be called.
21652
21653 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21654 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21655 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21656 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21657
21658 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21659 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21660 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21661 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21662 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21663 to t.
21664
21665 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21666 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21667 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21668 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21669
21670 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21671 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21672 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21673 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21674
21675 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21676 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21677 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21678 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21679 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21680 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21681
21682 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21683 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21684 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21685 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21686 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21687 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21688
21689 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21690 covers Quail translation region.
21691
21692 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21693 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21694 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21695 for it) is inserted.
21696
21697 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21698 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21699 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21700
21701 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21702 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21703 non-Quail commands.
21704
21705 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21706
21707 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21708 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21709
21710 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21711 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21712 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21713 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21714 you type is correctly handled.
21715
21716 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21717
21718 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21719 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21720
21721 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21722 keyboard type.
21723
21724 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21727 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21728 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21729 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21730 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21731 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21732 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21733 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21734 for the translation.
21735 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21736
21737 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21738 it is used to handle KEY.
21739
21740 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21741 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21742 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21743 the following annotation types are supported.
21744
21745 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21746 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21747
21748 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21749 candidate list.
21750
21751 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21752 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21753 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21754 inserted.
21755
21756 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21757 generated for the following translations.
21758
21759 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21760
21761 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21762 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21763
21764 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21765 which to install MAP.
21766
21767 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21768
21769 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21770
21771 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21772 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21773
21774 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21775 which to install MAP.
21776
21777 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21778
21779 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21780
21781 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21782 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21783 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21784 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21785 a function, or a cons.
21786 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21787 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21788 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21789 for the translation.
21790 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21791 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21792 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21793 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21794 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21795
21796 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21797 it is used to handle KEY.
21798
21799 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21800 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21801 current Quail package.
21802
21803 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21804 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21805
21806 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21807
21808 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
21809 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21810
21811 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21812 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21813
21814 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21815
21816 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21817 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21818
21819 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
21822 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21823 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21824 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21825 of the Emacs source tree.
21826
21827 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21828 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21829
21830 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21831 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21832 of each directory.
21833
21834 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21835
21836 ;;;***
21837 \f
21838 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21839 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21840 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19146
21841 ;;;;;; 53667))
21842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21843
21844 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21845 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21846 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21847 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21848
21849 To make use of this do something like:
21850
21851 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21852
21853 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21854
21855 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
21856 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21857
21858 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21859 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21860 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21861
21862 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21863
21864 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
21865 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21866
21867 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21868
21869 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
21870 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21871
21872 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21873 is decided.
21874
21875 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21876
21877 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
21878 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21879
21880 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21881 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21882 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21883
21884 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21885
21886 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
21887 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21888
21889 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
21892 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21893
21894 \(fn)" t nil)
21895
21896 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
21897 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21898
21899 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21900
21901 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21902
21903 \(fn)" t nil)
21904
21905 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
21906 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21907
21908 \(fn)" t nil)
21909
21910 ;;;***
21911 \f
21912 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21913 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19146 53667))
21914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21915
21916 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
21917 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
21918
21919 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
21920
21921 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
21922
21923 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21924
21925 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
21926
21927 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
21928 Not documented
21929
21930 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21931
21932 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21933 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21934 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21937 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21938
21939 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
21940
21941 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
21942 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21943
21944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21945
21946 ;;;***
21947 \f
21948 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18785
21949 ;;;;;; 32007))
21950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21951
21952 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
21953 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21954 See \\[compile].
21955
21956 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21957
21958 ;;;***
21959 \f
21960 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21961 ;;;;;; (19096 9073))
21962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21963
21964 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
21965
21966 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
21967 Construct a regexp interactively.
21968
21969 \(fn)" t nil)
21970
21971 ;;;***
21972 \f
21973 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19146 53664))
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21975
21976 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21977 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21978 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21981 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21982
21983 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
21984
21985 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
21986 Toggle recentf mode.
21987 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21988 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21989
21990 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21991 that were operated on recently.
21992
21993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21994
21995 ;;;***
21996 \f
21997 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21998 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21999 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22000 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18785
22001 ;;;;;; 31822))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22003 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22004 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22005 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22006 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22007 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22008 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22009
22010 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22011 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22012 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22013 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22014
22015 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22016
22017 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22018
22019 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22020 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22021 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22022 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22023 ends.
22024
22025 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22026 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22027 to be deleted.
22028
22029 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22030
22031 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22032 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22033 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22034
22035 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22036 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22037 deleted.
22038
22039 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22040
22041 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22042 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22043 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22044
22045 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22046
22047 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22048 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22049
22050 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22051 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22052
22053 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22054 deleted.
22055
22056 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22057 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22058 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22059 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22060 even beep.)
22061
22062 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22063
22064 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22065 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22066
22067 \(fn)" t nil)
22068
22069 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22070 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22071 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22072 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22073 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22074 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22075 and point is at the lower right corner.
22076
22077 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22078
22079 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22080 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22081
22082 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22083 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22084
22085 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22086 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22087 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22088
22089 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22090
22091 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22092
22093 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22094 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22095 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22096 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22097 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22098
22099 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22100 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22101
22102 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22103
22104 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22105 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22106 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22107
22108 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22109
22110 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22111
22112 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22113
22114 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22115 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22116
22117 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22118 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22119 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22120
22121 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22122
22123 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22124 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22125 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22126
22127 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22128 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22129 rectangle which were empty.
22130
22131 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22132
22133 ;;;***
22134 \f
22135 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18785
22136 ;;;;;; 32089))
22137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22138
22139 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22140 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22141 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22142
22143 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22144 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22145 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22146
22147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22148
22149 ;;;***
22150 \f
22151 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22152 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19096 3517))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22154
22155 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22156 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22157
22158 \(fn)" nil nil)
22159
22160 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22161 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22162
22163 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22164 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22165
22166 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22167 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22168 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22169 \\ref macro.
22170
22171 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22172 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22173 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22174
22175 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22176 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22177 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22178
22179 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22180 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22181
22182 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22183 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22184
22185 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22186 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22187 on the menu bar.
22188
22189 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22190
22191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22192
22193 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22194 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22195 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22196
22197 \(fn)" nil nil)
22198
22199 ;;;***
22200 \f
22201 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22202 ;;;;;; (19100 36555))
22203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22204
22205 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22206 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22207 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22208 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22209 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22210 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22211
22212 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22213
22214 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22215
22216 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22217 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22218 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22219 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22220 `reftex-cite-format'.
22221
22222 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22223 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22224 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22225 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22226
22227 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22228
22229 ;;;***
22230 \f
22231 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22232 ;;;;;; (18785 32089))
22233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22234
22235 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22236 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22237 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22238 the current TeX document.
22239
22240 With no argument, this command toggles
22241 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22242 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22243
22244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22245
22246 ;;;***
22247 \f
22248 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22249 ;;;;;; (19100 36555))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22251
22252 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22253 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22254 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22255
22256 To insert new phrases, use
22257 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22258 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22259
22260 To index phrases use one of:
22261
22262 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22263 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22264 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22265 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22266 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22267
22268 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22269 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22270
22271 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22272
22273 Here are all local bindings.
22274
22275 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22276
22277 \(fn)" t nil)
22278
22279 ;;;***
22280 \f
22281 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22282 ;;;;;; (18785 32090))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22284
22285 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22286 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22287 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22288 of master file.
22289
22290 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22291
22292 ;;;***
22293 \f
22294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18785
22295 ;;;;;; 32091))
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22297 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22298 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22299 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22300 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22301
22302 ;;;***
22303 \f
22304 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22305 ;;;;;; (18785 31908))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22307
22308 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22309 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22310 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22311 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22312 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22313 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22314
22315 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22316 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22317
22318 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22319 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22320
22321 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22322
22323 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22324 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22325 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22326 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22327
22328 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22329
22330 ;;;***
22331 \f
22332 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22333 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22334 ;;;;;; (19086 47290))
22335 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22336
22337 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22338 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22339 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22340 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22341
22342 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22343
22344 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22345
22346 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22347 Call `remember' in another frame.
22348
22349 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22350
22351 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22352 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22353 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22354 application.
22355
22356 \(fn)" t nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22359 Extract diary entries from the region.
22360
22361 \(fn)" nil nil)
22362
22363 ;;;***
22364 \f
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18790 54821))
22366 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22367
22368 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22369 Repeat most recently executed command.
22370 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22371 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22372 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22373
22374 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22375 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22376 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22377 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22378
22379 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22380 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22381 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22382
22383 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22384
22385 ;;;***
22386 \f
22387 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22388 ;;;;;; (18785 31995))
22389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22390
22391 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22392 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22393
22394 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22395 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22396 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22397 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22398 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22399 and point is left after the salutation.
22400
22401 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22402 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22403 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22404 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22405 left after that text.
22406
22407 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22408 is non-nil.
22409
22410 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22411 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22412 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22413 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22414
22415 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22416
22417 ;;;***
22418 \f
22419 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22420 ;;;;;; (18785 31822))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22422
22423 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22424 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22425 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22426 visibility of comments that precede it.
22427 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22428 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22429 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22430 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22431 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22432 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22433 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22434 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22435 the comment lines.
22436 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22437 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22438 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22439 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22440 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22441
22442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22443
22444 ;;;***
22445 \f
22446 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22447 ;;;;;; (18785 31822))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22449
22450 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22451 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22452 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22453
22454 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22455 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22456 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22457
22458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22459
22460 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22461 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22462 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22465 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22466
22467 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22468
22469 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22470 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22471 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22472
22473 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22474 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22475 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22476
22477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22478
22479 ;;;***
22480 \f
22481 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22482 ;;;;;; (18785 31908))
22483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22484
22485 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22486 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22487
22488 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22489
22490 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22491 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22492
22493 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22494
22495 ;;;***
22496 \f
22497 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18785 32007))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22499 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22500
22501 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22502 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22503 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22504 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22505
22506 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22507
22508 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22509 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22510 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22511 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22512
22513 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22514 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22515
22516 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22517 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22518
22519 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22520 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22521 INPUT-ARGS.
22522
22523 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22524 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22525 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22526 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22527 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22528
22529 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22530 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22531 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22532 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22533
22534 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22535 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22536 variable.
22537
22538 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22539
22540 ;;;***
22541 \f
22542 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22543 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22544 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22545 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22546 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22547 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19146
22548 ;;;;;; 53667))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22550
22551 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22552 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22553 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22554
22555 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22556
22557 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22558 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22559 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22560 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22561 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22562 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22563 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22564
22565 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22566 sent by you under different user names.
22567 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22568
22569 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22570
22571 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22572
22573 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22574 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22575 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22576 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22577 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22578
22579 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22580 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22581
22582 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22583
22584 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22585 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22586 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22587 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22588 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22589 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22590 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22591
22592 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22593 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22594 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22595 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22596 which normally happens once for each message,
22597 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22598 To make a change in this variable take effect
22599 for a message that you have already viewed,
22600 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22601
22602 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22603
22604 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22605 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22606 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22607 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22608
22609 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22610
22611 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:" "\
22612 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22613
22614 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22615
22616 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22617 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22618 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22619
22620 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22621
22622 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22623 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22624 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22625 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22626 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22627 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22628
22629 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22630
22631 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22632 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22633
22634 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22635
22636 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22637 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22638
22639 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22640
22641 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22642 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22643
22644 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22645 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22646
22647 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22648
22649 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22650 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22651
22652 This is set to nil by default.")
22653
22654 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22655 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22656 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22657 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22658 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22659 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22660 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22661
22662 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22663 Read and edit incoming mail.
22664 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22665 file in RMAIL Mode.
22666 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22667
22668 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22669 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22670 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22671 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22672
22673 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22674
22675 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22676
22677 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22678 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22679 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22680 Instead, these commands are available:
22681
22682 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22683 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22684 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22685 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22686 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22687 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22688 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22689 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22690 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22691 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22692 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22693 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22694 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22695 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22696 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22697 till a deleted message is found.
22698 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22699 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22700 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22701 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22702 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22703 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22704 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22705 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22706 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22707 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22708 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22709 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22710 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22711 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22712 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22713 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22714 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22715 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22716 (label defaults to last one specified).
22717 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22718 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22719 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22720 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22721 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22722 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22723 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22724 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22725 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22726
22727 \(fn)" t nil)
22728
22729 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22730 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22731
22732 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22733
22734 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22735 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22736
22737 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22738
22739 ;;;***
22740 \f
22741 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
22742 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19092 42734))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22744 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22745
22746 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22747 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22748 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22749 case it writes Babyl.
22750
22751 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22752 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22753 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22754 `rmail-default-file'.
22755
22756 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22757 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22758 buffer, updates it accordingly.
22759
22760 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
22761 the header display is currently pruned.
22762
22763 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
22764 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
22765 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
22766 messages after output.
22767
22768 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
22769 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
22770 message (if writing a file directly).
22771
22772 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
22773 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
22774
22775 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22776
22777 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
22778 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
22779 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
22780 i) the header is output as currently seen
22781 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
22782 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
22783
22784 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
22785 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
22786 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
22787
22788 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22789
22790 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
22791 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22792 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
22793 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
22794 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
22795 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22796 `rmail-default-body-file'.
22797
22798 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
22799 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
22800 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
22801
22802 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22803
22804 ;;;***
22805 \f
22806 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
22807 ;;;;;; (18785 32013))
22808 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
22809
22810 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
22811 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
22812 Return a pattern.
22813
22814 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
22815
22816 ;;;***
22817 \f
22818 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
22819 ;;;;;; (18785 32013))
22820 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
22821
22822 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
22823 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
22824 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
22825 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
22826
22827 \(fn)" t nil)
22828
22829 ;;;***
22830 \f
22831 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
22832 ;;;;;; (18785 32015))
22833 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
22834
22835 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
22836 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
22837
22838 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
22839 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
22840 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
22841 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
22842 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
22843 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
22844 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
22845 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
22846 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
22847 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
22848
22849 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
22850 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
22851 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
22852 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
22853 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
22854 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
22855 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
22856 to use for finding the schema.
22857
22858 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
22859
22860 ;;;***
22861 \f
22862 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18785
22863 ;;;;;; 32015))
22864 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
22865
22866 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
22867
22868 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
22869 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
22870 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
22871 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
22872 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
22873 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
22874 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
22875 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
22876 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
22877 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
22878 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
22879 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
22880 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
22881 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
22882 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
22883 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
22884 must be equal.
22885
22886 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
22887
22888 ;;;***
22889 \f
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
22891 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19096 36921))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
22893
22894 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
22895 Define a robin package.
22896
22897 NAME is the string of this robin package.
22898 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
22899 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
22900 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
22901
22902 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
22903 one replaces the old one.
22904
22905 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22906
22907 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
22908 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
22909
22910 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
22911 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
22912 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
22913
22914 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
22915
22916 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
22917 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
22918
22919 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
22920
22921 ;;;***
22922 \f
22923 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22924 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18785 31823))
22925 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22926
22927 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
22928 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22929
22930 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22931
22932 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
22933 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
22934
22935 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22936
22937 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
22938 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22939
22940 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22941
22942 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
22943 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
22944 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22945
22946 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22947 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22948 in ROT13.
22949
22950 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22951
22952 \(fn)" t nil)
22953
22954 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
22955 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
22956
22957 \(fn)" t nil)
22958
22959 ;;;***
22960 \f
22961 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
22962 ;;;;;; (19088 18201))
22963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
22964 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
22965
22966 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
22967 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
22968 \\<rst-mode-map>
22969 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
22970 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
22971 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
22972 decorations within the region (see full details below).
22973 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
22974
22975 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
22976 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
22977 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
22978 font-locking of blocks.
22979
22980 \\{rst-mode-map}
22981
22982 \(fn)" t nil)
22983
22984 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
22985 ReST Minor Mode.
22986 Toggle ReST minor mode.
22987 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
22988 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
22989 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
22990
22991 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
22992 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
22993 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
22994
22995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22996
22997 ;;;***
22998 \f
22999 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23000 ;;;;;; (19001 2246))
23001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23002
23003 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23004 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23005 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23006 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23007 nesting into account.
23008
23009 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23010
23011 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23012
23013 \(fn)" t nil)
23014
23015 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
23016
23017 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
23018
23019 ;;;***
23020 \f
23021 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18785
23022 ;;;;;; 31823))
23023 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23024
23025 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23026 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23027
23028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23029
23030 ;;;***
23031 \f
23032 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18785
23033 ;;;;;; 31909))
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23035
23036 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23037 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23038 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23039 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23040
23041 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23042
23043 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23044 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23045 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23046
23047 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23048 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23049 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23050
23051 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23052 notation.
23053
23054 STRING
23055 matches string STRING literally.
23056
23057 CHAR
23058 matches character CHAR literally.
23059
23060 `not-newline', `nonl'
23061 matches any character except a newline.
23062
23063 `anything'
23064 matches any character
23065
23066 `(any SET ...)'
23067 `(in SET ...)'
23068 `(char SET ...)'
23069 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23070 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23071 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23072
23073 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23074 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23075 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23076 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23077
23078 `(not (any SET ...))'
23079 matches any character not in SET ...
23080
23081 `line-start', `bol'
23082 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23083 in the text being matched
23084
23085 `line-end', `eol'
23086 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23087
23088 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23089 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23090 string being matched against.
23091
23092 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23093 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23094 string being matched against.
23095
23096 `buffer-start'
23097 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23098 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23099
23100 `buffer-end'
23101 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23102 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23103
23104 `point'
23105 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23106
23107 `word-start', `bow'
23108 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23109
23110 `word-end', `eow'
23111 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23112
23113 `word-boundary'
23114 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23115 word.
23116
23117 `(not word-boundary)'
23118 `not-word-boundary'
23119 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23120 word.
23121
23122 `symbol-start'
23123 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23124
23125 `symbol-end'
23126 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23127
23128 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23129 matches 0 through 9.
23130
23131 `control', `cntrl'
23132 matches ASCII control characters.
23133
23134 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23135 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23136
23137 `blank'
23138 matches space and tab only.
23139
23140 `graphic', `graph'
23141 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23142 space, and DEL.
23143
23144 `printing', `print'
23145 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23146 and DEL.
23147
23148 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23149 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23150 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23151
23152 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23153 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23154 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23155
23156 `ascii'
23157 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23158
23159 `nonascii'
23160 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23161
23162 `lower', `lower-case'
23163 matches anything lower-case.
23164
23165 `upper', `upper-case'
23166 matches anything upper-case.
23167
23168 `punctuation', `punct'
23169 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23170 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23171
23172 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23173 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23174
23175 `word', `wordchar'
23176 matches anything that has word syntax.
23177
23178 `not-wordchar'
23179 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23180
23181 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23182 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23183 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23184 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23185
23186 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23187 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23188 `word' (\\sw)
23189 `symbol' (\\s_)
23190 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23191 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23192 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23193 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23194 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23195 `escape' (\\s\\)
23196 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23197 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23198 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23199 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23200 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23201
23202 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23203 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23204
23205 `(category CATEGORY)'
23206 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23207 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23208
23209 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23210 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23211 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23212 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23213 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23214 `symbol' (\\c5)
23215 `digit' (\\c6)
23216 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23217 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23218 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23219 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23220 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23221 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23222 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23223 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23224 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23225 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23226 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23227 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23228 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23229 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23230 `ascii' (\\ca)
23231 `arabic' (\\cb)
23232 `chinese' (\\cc)
23233 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23234 `greek' (\\cg)
23235 `korean' (\\ch)
23236 `indian' (\\ci)
23237 `japanese' (\\cj)
23238 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23239 `latin' (\\cl)
23240 `lao' (\\co)
23241 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23242 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23243 `thai' (\\ct)
23244 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23245 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23246 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23247 `can-break' (\\c|)
23248
23249 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23250 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23251
23252 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23253 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23254 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23255 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23256 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23257
23258 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23259 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23260 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23261 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23262
23263 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23264 another name for `submatch'.
23265
23266 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23267 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23268 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23269 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23270 regular expression.
23271
23272 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23273 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23274 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23275 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23276 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23277
23278 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23279 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23280
23281 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23282 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23283
23284 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23285 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23286 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23287
23288 `(* SEXP ...)'
23289 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23290 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23291
23292 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23293 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23294 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23295
23296 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23297 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23298 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23299
23300 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23301 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23302
23303 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23304 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23305
23306 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23307 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23308 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23309 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23310
23311 `(? SEXP ...)'
23312 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23313
23314 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23315 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23316
23317 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23318 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23319 matches N occurrences.
23320
23321 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23322 matches N or more occurrences.
23323
23324 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23325 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23326 matches N to M occurrences.
23327
23328 `(backref N)'
23329 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23330
23331 `(eval FORM)'
23332 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23333 `regexp-quote' it.
23334
23335 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23336 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23337
23338 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23339
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (19146 53664))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23345
23346 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23347 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23348 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23349 interface.")
23350
23351 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23352
23353 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23354 Toggle savehist-mode.
23355 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23356 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23357 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23358 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23359
23360 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23361 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23362 which is probably undesirable.
23363
23364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23365
23366 ;;;***
23367 \f
23368 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23369 ;;;;;; (18785 32069))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23371
23372 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23373 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23374 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23375
23376 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23377 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23378 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23379 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23380 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23381 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23382 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23383 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23384
23385 Commands:
23386 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23387 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23388 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23389 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23390 if that value is non-nil.
23391
23392 \(fn)" t nil)
23393
23394 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23395 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23396 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23397
23398 Commands:
23399 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23400 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23401 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23402 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23403 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23404 that variable's value is a string.
23405
23406 \(fn)" t nil)
23407
23408 ;;;***
23409 \f
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23411 ;;;;;; (18785 31978))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23413
23414 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23415 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23416 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23417
23418 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23419
23420 \(fn)" t nil)
23421
23422 ;;;***
23423 \f
23424 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23425 ;;;;;; (18785 31823))
23426 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23427
23428 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23429 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23430 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23433 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23434
23435 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23436
23437 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23438 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23439 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23440 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23441 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23442
23443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23444
23445 ;;;***
23446 \f
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23448 ;;;;;; (18785 31824))
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23450
23451 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23452 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23453 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23454 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23455 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23456 during scrolling.
23457
23458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23459
23460 ;;;***
23461 \f
23462 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23463 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19146 53665))
23464 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23465
23466 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23467 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23468 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23469
23470 `semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23471 `semantic-decoration-mode' - Decorate tags based on various attributes.
23472 `semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Track current function in the header-line.
23473 `semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Provide smart symbol completion
23474 automatically when idle.
23475 `semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Keep a buffer's parse tree up to date.
23476 `semanticdb-minor-mode' - Store tags when a buffer is not in memory.
23477 `semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show a summary for the code at point.
23478 `semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23479 keybinding for tag names.")
23480
23481 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23482
23483 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23484 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23485 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23488 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23489
23490 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23491
23492 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23493 Toggle Semantic mode.
23494 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23495
23496 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23497 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23498 auxilliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23499 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23500 Semantic mode.
23501
23502 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23503
23504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23505
23506 ;;;***
23507 \f
23508 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23509 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23510 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23511 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23512 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23513 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23514 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23515 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23516 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19146 53667))
23517 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23518
23519 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23520 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23521
23522 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23523 king@grassland.com
23524 If `parens', they look like:
23525 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23526 If `angles', they look like:
23527 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23528 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23529 derived from the envelope-from address.
23530
23531 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23532 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23533 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23534 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23535
23536 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23537
23538 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23539 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23540 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23541 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23542
23543 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23544 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23545 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23546 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23547
23548 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23549
23550 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23551 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23552 This is done when the message is initialized,
23553 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23554
23555 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23556
23557 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23558 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23559 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23560
23561 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23562
23563 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23564
23565 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23566 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23567 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23568 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23569 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23570 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23571 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23572
23573 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23574
23575 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23576 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23577
23578 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23579
23580 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23581 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23582 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23583 be a Babyl file.")
23584
23585 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23586
23587 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23588 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23589 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23590 when you first send mail.")
23591
23592 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23593
23594 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23595 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23596 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23597 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23598 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23599
23600 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23601
23602 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23603 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23604 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23605 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23606 This file need not actually exist.")
23607
23608 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23609
23610 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23611 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23612 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23613
23614 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23615
23616 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23617 Alist of mail address aliases,
23618 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23619 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23620 can specify a different file name.)
23621 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23622 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23623
23624 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23625 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23626 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23627
23628 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23629
23630 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23631 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23632 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23633
23634 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23635
23636 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23637 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23638 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23639 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23640 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23641 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23642 in the cited portion of the message.
23643
23644 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23645 instead of no action.")
23646
23647 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23648
23649 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23650 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23651 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23652 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23653 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23654
23655 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23656
23657 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23658 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23659 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23660 If a string, that string is inserted.
23661 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23662 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23663 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23664 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23665
23666 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23667
23668 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23669 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23670
23671 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23672
23673 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23674 Directory for mail buffers.
23675 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23676 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23677
23678 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23679
23680 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23681 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23682 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23683 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23684
23685 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23686
23687 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23688 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23689 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23690 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23691 is non-nil.")
23692
23693 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23694
23695 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23696 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23697 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23698 `query' means ask the user each time.
23699 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23700 The default is `mime'.
23701 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23702 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23703
23704 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
23705
23706 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23707 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23708 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23709
23710 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23711 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23712
23713 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23714 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23715 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23716 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23717 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23718 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23719 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23720 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23721 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23722 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23723 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23724 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23725 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23726
23727 \(fn)" t nil)
23728
23729 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23730 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23731 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23732 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23733
23734 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23735
23736 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23737 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23738 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23739 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23740 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23741 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23742
23743 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23744 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23745 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23746
23747 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23748 User should not set this variable manually,
23749 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23750 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23751 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23752 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23753
23754 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23755 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23756 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23757 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23758
23759 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23760 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23761
23762 \\<mail-mode-map>
23763 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23764
23765 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23766 to move to message header fields:
23767 \\{mail-mode-map}
23768
23769 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23770 when the message is initialized.
23771
23772 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23773 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23774
23775 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23776 is inserted.
23777
23778 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23779 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23780
23781 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23782 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23783 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23784 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23785 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23786 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23787 buffer without erasing the contents.
23788
23789 The second through fifth arguments,
23790 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23791 the initial contents of those header fields.
23792 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23793 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23794 original message being replied to, or else an action
23795 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23796 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23797 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23798 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23799 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23800 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23801
23802 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23803
23804 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
23805 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23806
23807 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23808
23809 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
23810 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23811
23812 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23813
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
23817 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19124
23818 ;;;;;; 61703))
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23820
23821 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
23822 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23823 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23824 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
23825 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23826 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23827
23828 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23829 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23830
23831 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
23832 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
23833 \\[server-start].
23834
23835 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23836
23837 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
23838 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
23839 If server is running, it is first stopped.
23840 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
23841
23842 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23843
23844 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23845 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23846 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23849 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23850
23851 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
23852
23853 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
23854 Toggle Server mode.
23855 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23856 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23857 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23858
23859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23860
23861 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
23862 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
23863 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
23864
23865 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
23866 only these files will be asked to be saved.
23867
23868 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
23869
23870 ;;;***
23871 \f
23872 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19096 3520))
23873 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23874
23875 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
23876 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23877 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
23878
23879 Key definitions:
23880 \\{ses-mode-map}
23881 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23882 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23883 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23884 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23885
23886 \(fn)" t nil)
23887
23888 ;;;***
23889 \f
23890 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23891 ;;;;;; (19137 28302))
23892 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23893
23894 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
23895 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23896 Makes > match <.
23897 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23898 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23899
23900 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23901 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23902 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23903
23904 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23905 in your `.emacs' file.
23906
23907 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23908
23909 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23910 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23911 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23912
23913 \(fn)" t nil)
23914
23915 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
23916 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23917 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23918 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23919 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23920 which this is based.
23921
23922 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23923
23924 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23925 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23926 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23927 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23928
23929 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23930 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23931 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23932
23933 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23934 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23935 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23936 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23937
23938 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23939 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23940 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23941 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23942
23943 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23944
23945 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23946 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23947 To work around that, do:
23948 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23949
23950 \\{html-mode-map}
23951
23952 \(fn)" t nil)
23953
23954 ;;;***
23955 \f
23956 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23957 ;;;;;; (19141 18871))
23958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23959 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23960
23961 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
23962 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23963 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23964 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23965 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23966 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23967
23968 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23969 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23970 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23971 shell-specific features.
23972
23973 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23974 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23975 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23976 \\<sh-mode-map>
23977 \\[sh-case] case statement
23978 \\[sh-for] for loop
23979 \\[sh-function] function definition
23980 \\[sh-if] if statement
23981 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23982 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23983 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23984 \\[sh-select] select loop
23985 \\[sh-until] until loop
23986 \\[sh-while] while loop
23987
23988 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23989 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23990 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23991 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23992 would indent to the way it currently is.
23993 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23994 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23995
23996
23997 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23998 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23999 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24000 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24001 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24002 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24003
24004 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24005 {, (, [, ', \", `
24006 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24007
24008 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24009 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24010 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24011
24012 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24013 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24014
24015 \(fn)" t nil)
24016
24017 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24018
24019 ;;;***
24020 \f
24021 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18785 31824))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24023
24024 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24025 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24026 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24027 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24028 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24029 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24030
24031 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24032
24033 ;;;***
24034 \f
24035 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24036 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24038
24039 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24040 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24041
24042 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24043 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24044 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24045
24046 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24047 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24048 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24049 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24050 the earlier.
24051
24052 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24053
24054 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24055
24056 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24057 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24058 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24059
24060 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24061 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24062
24063 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24064 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24065 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24066 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24067 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24068 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24069 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24070 Emacs version).
24071
24072 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24073 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24074 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24075 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24076 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24077
24078 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24079 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24080
24081 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24082
24083 ;;;***
24084 \f
24085 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24086 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19146
24087 ;;;;;; 53664))
24088 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24089
24090 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24091 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24092 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24093 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24094 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24095 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24096 sites in the cluster.
24097
24098 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24099
24100 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24101 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24102 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24103 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24104 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24105
24106 \(fn)" t nil)
24107
24108 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24109 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24110 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24111 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24112 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24113 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24114 `shadow-define-cluster').
24115
24116 \(fn)" t nil)
24117
24118 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24119 Set up file shadowing.
24120
24121 \(fn)" t nil)
24122
24123 ;;;***
24124 \f
24125 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24126 ;;;;;; (19137 28300))
24127 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24128
24129 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24130 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24131 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24132 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24133 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24134 arguments.")
24135
24136 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24137
24138 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24139 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24140 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24141 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24142 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24143
24144 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24145 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24146 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24147 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24148 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24149 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24150 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24151 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24152 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24153 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24154 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24155
24156 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24157 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24158 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24159 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24160 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24161 `default-process-coding-system'.
24162
24163 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24164 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24165 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24166 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24167
24168 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24169
24170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24171 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24172
24173 ;;;***
24174 \f
24175 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24176 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18785 31978))
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24178
24179 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24180 Not documented
24181
24182 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24183
24184 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24185 Not documented
24186
24187 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24188
24189 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24190 Not documented
24191
24192 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24193
24194 ;;;***
24195 \f
24196 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24197 ;;;;;; (19101 57522))
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24199
24200 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24201 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24202 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24203 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24204 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24205
24206 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24207
24208 \(fn)" t nil)
24209
24210 ;;;***
24211 \f
24212 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18790
24213 ;;;;;; 53122))
24214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24215
24216 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24217 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24218 \\{simula-mode-map}
24219 Variables controlling indentation style:
24220 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24221 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24222 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24223 `simula-indent-level'
24224 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24225 `simula-substatement-offset'
24226 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24227 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24228 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24229 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24230 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24231 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24232 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24233 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24234 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24235 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24236 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24237 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24238 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24239 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24240 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24241 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24242 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24243 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24244 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24245 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24246 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24247 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24248 or nil if they should not be changed.
24249 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24250 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24251 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24252 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24253
24254 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24255 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24256
24257 \(fn)" t nil)
24258
24259 ;;;***
24260 \f
24261 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24262 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18790 54821))
24263 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24264
24265 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24266 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24267
24268 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24269 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24270 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24271 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24272
24273 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24274
24275 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24276 Insert SKELETON.
24277 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24278 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24279 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24280 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24281 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24282
24283 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24284 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24285
24286 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24287
24288 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24289 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24290
24291 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24292 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24293 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24294 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24295
24296 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24297 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24298 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24299 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24300
24301 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24302 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24303 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24304
24305 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24306 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24307
24308 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24309 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24310
24311 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24312 _ interesting point, interregion here
24313 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24314 interesting point set by _
24315 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24316 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24317 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24318 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24319 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24320 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24321 nil skipped
24322
24323 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24324 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24325
24326 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24327 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24328 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24329 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24330 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24331 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24332 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24333 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24334
24335 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24336 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24337 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24338 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24339 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24340 available:
24341
24342 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24343 then: insert previously read string once more
24344 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24345 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24346 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24347
24348 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24349 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24350
24351 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24352
24353 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24354 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24355
24356 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24357 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24358 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24359 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24360 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24361 such as backslash.
24362
24363 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24364 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24365 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24366
24367 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24368
24369 ;;;***
24370 \f
24371 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24372 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19146 53664))
24373 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24374
24375 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24376 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24377 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24378 buffer names.
24379
24380 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24381
24382 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24383 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24384 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24385
24386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24387
24388 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24389 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24390 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24391
24392 \(fn)" t nil)
24393
24394 ;;;***
24395 \f
24396 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24397 ;;;;;; (18785 31978))
24398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24399
24400 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24401 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24402 A list of images is returned.
24403
24404 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24405
24406 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24407 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24408 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24409
24410 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24411
24412 ;;;***
24413 \f
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24415 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18969 61522))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24417
24418 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24419 Not documented
24420
24421 \(fn)" nil nil)
24422
24423 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24424 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24425
24426 \(fn)" t nil)
24427
24428 ;;;***
24429 \f
24430 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18785 32031))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24432
24433 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24434 Play the Snake game.
24435 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24436
24437 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24438
24439 Snake mode keybindings:
24440 \\<snake-mode-map>
24441 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24442 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24443 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24444 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24445 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24446 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24447 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24448
24449 \(fn)" t nil)
24450
24451 ;;;***
24452 \f
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24454 ;;;;;; (18785 32008))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24456
24457 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24458 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24459 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24460 Tab indents for C code.
24461 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24463 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24464 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24465 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24466
24467 \(fn)" t nil)
24468
24469 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24470 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24472 Tab indents for C code.
24473 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24475 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24476 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24477 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24478
24479 \(fn)" t nil)
24480
24481 ;;;***
24482 \f
24483 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18983
24484 ;;;;;; 27730))
24485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24486
24487 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24488 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24489 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24490 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24491 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24492
24493 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24494
24495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24496
24497 ;;;***
24498 \f
24499 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19104
24500 ;;;;;; 47795))
24501 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24502
24503 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24504 Play Solitaire.
24505
24506 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24507 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24508 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24509 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24510 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24511 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24512 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24513 check after each move or undo.)
24514
24515 What is Solitaire?
24516
24517 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24518 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24519 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24520
24521 Le Solitaire
24522 ============
24523
24524 o o o
24525
24526 o o o
24527
24528 o o o o o o o
24529
24530 o o o . o o o
24531
24532 o o o o o o o
24533
24534 o o o
24535
24536 o o o
24537
24538 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24539 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24540 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24541 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24542
24543 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24544 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24545 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24546 this: o o .
24547
24548 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24549 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24550
24551 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24552
24553 o o o
24554
24555 . o o
24556
24557 o o . o o o o
24558
24559 o . o o o o o
24560
24561 o o o o o o o
24562
24563 o o o
24564
24565 o o o
24566
24567 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24568
24569 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24570
24571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24572
24573 ;;;***
24574 \f
24575 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24576 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24577 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18785 31826))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24579 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24580
24581 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24582 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24583
24584 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24585 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24586 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24587 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24588 contiguous.
24589
24590 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24591 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24593 the sort order.
24594
24595 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24596 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24597
24598 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24599 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24600 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24601 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24602 is called.
24603
24604 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24605 It should move point to the end of the record.
24606
24607 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24608 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24609 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24610 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24611 starts at the beginning of the record.
24612
24613 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24614 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24615 same as ENDRECFUN.
24616
24617 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24618 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24619
24620 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24621
24622 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24623 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24624 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24625 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24627 the sort order.
24628
24629 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24630
24631 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24632 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24633 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24634 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24635 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24636 the sort order.
24637
24638 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24639
24640 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24641 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24642 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24643 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24644 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24645 the sort order.
24646
24647 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24648 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24649
24650 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24651 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24652 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24653 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24654 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24655 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24656 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24657 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24658 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24659
24660 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24661
24662 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24663 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24664 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24665 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24666 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24667 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24668 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24669 the sort order.
24670
24671 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24672
24673 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24674 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24675 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24676 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24677 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24678 is to be used for sorting.
24679 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24680 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24681 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24682 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24683 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24684
24685 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24686
24687 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24688 the sort order.
24689
24690 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24691 starting with the letter \"f\",
24692 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24693
24694 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24695
24696 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24697 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24698 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24699 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24700 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24701 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24702 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24703 the sort order.
24704
24705 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24706 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24707 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24708 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24709 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24710
24711 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24712
24713 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24714 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24715 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24716
24717 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24718
24719 ;;;***
24720 \f
24721 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19137
24722 ;;;;;; 28302))
24723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24724
24725 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24726 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24727 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24728 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
24729 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
24730 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
24731
24732 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
24733
24734 ;;;***
24735 \f
24736 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24737 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24738 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18790 48672))
24739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24740
24741 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
24742 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24743
24744 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24745 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24746 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24747
24748 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24749
24750 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
24751 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24752 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24753 server.
24754
24755 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24756
24757 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
24758 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24759 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24760
24761 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24762
24763 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
24764 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24765 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24766 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24767 Agent is plugged.
24768
24769 \(fn)" t nil)
24770
24771 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
24772 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24773 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24774 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24775
24776 \(fn)" t nil)
24777
24778 ;;;***
24779 \f
24780 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24781 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19137 33009))
24782 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24783
24784 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
24785
24786 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
24787 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24788 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24789 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24790 supported at a time.
24791 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24792 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24793
24794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24795
24796 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
24797 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24798 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24799 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24800
24801 \(fn)" t nil)
24802
24803 ;;;***
24804 \f
24805 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24806 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18785 32092))
24807 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24808
24809 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
24810
24811 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
24812 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24813 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24814 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24815 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24816 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24817
24818 \(fn)" t nil)
24819
24820 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
24821
24822 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
24823 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24824 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24825 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24826
24827 \(fn)" t nil)
24828
24829 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
24830
24831 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
24832 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24833 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24834 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24835 for example, \"word\".
24836
24837 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24838
24839 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
24840
24841 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
24842 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24843
24844 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24845
24846 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
24847
24848 ;;;***
24849 \f
24850 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18785
24851 ;;;;;; 32032))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24853
24854 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
24855 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24856
24857 \(fn)" t nil)
24858
24859 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
24860 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24861
24862 \(fn)" nil nil)
24863
24864 ;;;***
24865 \f
24866 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24867 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24868 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24869 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19080
24870 ;;;;;; 10819))
24871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24872
24873 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
24874 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24875
24876 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24877 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24878 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24879 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24880 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24881 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24882 of the current highlighting list.
24883
24884 For example:
24885
24886 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24887 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24888
24889 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24890 `_t' as data types.
24891
24892 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24893
24894 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
24895 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24896
24897 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24898 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24899
24900 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24901
24902 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24903 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24904 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24905
24906 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24907
24908 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24909 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24910 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24911 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24912 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24913 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24914 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24915 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24916 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24917
24918 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24919
24920 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24921 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24922 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24923 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24924
24925 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24926 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24927 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24928 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24929
24930 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24931 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24932 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24933
24934 \(fn)" t nil)
24935
24936 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
24937 Major mode to edit SQL.
24938
24939 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24940 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24941 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24942
24943 \\{sql-mode-map}
24944 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24945
24946 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24947 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24948 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24949 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24950 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24951 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24952
24953 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24954 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24955
24956 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24957 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24958 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24959
24960 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24961 (lambda ()
24962 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24963
24964 \(fn)" t nil)
24965
24966 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
24967 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24968
24969 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24970 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
24971
24972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24973
24974 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24975
24976 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
24977 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24978
24979 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24980 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24981 `*SQL*'.
24982
24983 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24984 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24985 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24986 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24987
24988 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24989 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24990
24991 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24992 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24993 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24994 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24995 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24996 `default-process-coding-system'.
24997
24998 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24999
25000 \(fn)" t nil)
25001
25002 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25003 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25004
25005 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25006 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25007 `*SQL*'.
25008
25009 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25010 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25011 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25012 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25013
25014 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25016
25017 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25018 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25019 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25020 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25021 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25022 `default-process-coding-system'.
25023
25024 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25025
25026 \(fn)" t nil)
25027
25028 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25029 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25030
25031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25033 `*SQL*'.
25034
25035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25036 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25037
25038 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25039 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25040
25041 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25042 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25043 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25044 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25045 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25046 `default-process-coding-system'.
25047
25048 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25049
25050 \(fn)" t nil)
25051
25052 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25053 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25054
25055 SQLite is free software.
25056
25057 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25058 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25059 `*SQL*'.
25060
25061 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25062 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25063 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25064 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25065
25066 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25067 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25068
25069 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25070 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25071 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25072 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25073 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25074 `default-process-coding-system'.
25075
25076 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25077
25078 \(fn)" t nil)
25079
25080 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25081 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25082
25083 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25084
25085 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25086 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25087 `*SQL*'.
25088
25089 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25090 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25091 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25092 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25093
25094 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25095 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25096
25097 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25098 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25099 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25100 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25101 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25102 `default-process-coding-system'.
25103
25104 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25105
25106 \(fn)" t nil)
25107
25108 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25109 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25110
25111 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25112 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25113 `*SQL*'.
25114
25115 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25116 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25117 defaults, if set.
25118
25119 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25120 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25121
25122 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25123 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25124 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25125 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25126 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25127 `default-process-coding-system'.
25128
25129 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25130
25131 \(fn)" t nil)
25132
25133 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25134 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25135
25136 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25137 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25138 `*SQL*'.
25139
25140 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25141 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25142
25143 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25144 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25145
25146 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25147 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25148 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25149 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25150 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25151 `default-process-coding-system'.
25152
25153 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25154
25155 \(fn)" t nil)
25156
25157 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25158 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25159
25160 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25161 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25162 `*SQL*'.
25163
25164 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25165 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25166 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25167 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25168
25169 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25170 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25171
25172 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25173 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25174 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25175 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25176 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25177 `default-process-coding-system'.
25178
25179 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25180
25181 \(fn)" t nil)
25182
25183 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25184 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25185
25186 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25187 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25188 `*SQL*'.
25189
25190 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25191 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25192 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25193 `sql-postgres-options'.
25194
25195 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25196 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25197
25198 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25199 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25200 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25201 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25202 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25203 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25204 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25205 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25206
25207 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25208 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25209
25210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25211
25212 \(fn)" t nil)
25213
25214 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25215 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25216
25217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25219 `*SQL*'.
25220
25221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25222 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25223 defaults, if set.
25224
25225 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25226 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25227
25228 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25229 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25230 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25231 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25232 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25233 `default-process-coding-system'.
25234
25235 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25236
25237 \(fn)" t nil)
25238
25239 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25240 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25241
25242 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25243 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25244 `*SQL*'.
25245
25246 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25247 automatic login.
25248
25249 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25250 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25251
25252 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25253 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25254 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25255 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25256
25257 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25258 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25259 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25260 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25261 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25262 `default-process-coding-system'.
25263
25264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25265
25266 \(fn)" t nil)
25267
25268 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25269 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25270
25271 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25272 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25273 `*SQL*'.
25274
25275 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25276 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25277 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25278 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25279 parameters.
25280
25281 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25282 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25283 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25284 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25285 an empty password.
25286
25287 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25288 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25289
25290 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25291
25292 \(fn)" t nil)
25293
25294 ;;;***
25295 \f
25296 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25297 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
25298 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25299
25300 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25301 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25302
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25304
25305 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25306
25307 ;;;***
25308 \f
25309 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25310 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25311 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25312 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25313 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19146
25314 ;;;;;; 53664))
25315 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25316
25317 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25318 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25319 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25320 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25321 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25322 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25323
25324 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25325
25326 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25327
25328 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25329 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25330 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25331 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25332 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25333 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25334 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25335
25336 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25337
25338 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25339 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25340 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25341 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25342 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25343 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25344 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25345
25346 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25347
25348 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25349 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25350 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25351
25352 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25353
25354 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25355 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25356 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25357
25358 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25359
25360 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25361 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25362
25363 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25364
25365 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25366 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25367
25368 \(fn)" t nil)
25369
25370 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25371 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25372
25373 \(fn)" t nil)
25374
25375 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25376 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25377 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25378 chronologically by command name.
25379 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25380
25381 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25382
25383 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25384 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25385 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25387 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25388 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25389
25390 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25391
25392 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25393 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25394 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25395 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25396 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25397 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25398 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25399
25400 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25401 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25402 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25403 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25404
25405 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25406
25407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25408
25409 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25410 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25411 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25412 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25413
25414 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25415
25416 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25417 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25418
25419 \(fn)" t nil)
25420
25421 ;;;***
25422 \f
25423 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25424 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19104 47397))
25425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25426
25427 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25428 Studlify-case the region.
25429
25430 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25431
25432 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25433 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25434
25435 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25436
25437 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25438 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25439
25440 \(fn)" t nil)
25441
25442 ;;;***
25443 \f
25444 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25445 ;;;;;; (18881 58348))
25446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25447
25448 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25449 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25450 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25451 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25452 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25453 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25454 original message but it does require a few things:
25455
25456 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25457
25458 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25459 reply buffer.
25460
25461 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25462 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25463 original message.
25464
25465 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25466
25467 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25468
25469 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25470 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25471 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25472
25473 \(fn)" nil nil)
25474
25475 ;;;***
25476 \f
25477 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
25478 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (19099 25565))
25479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
25480
25481 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
25482 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
25483 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
25484 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
25485 `complete-symbol'.
25486 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
25487 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
25488
25489 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
25490 determining which symbols are considered.
25491
25492 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
25493 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
25494 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
25495 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
25496
25497 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
25498
25499 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
25500 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
25501 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
25502 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
25503 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
25504 completion:
25505
25506 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
25507 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
25508 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
25509 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
25510
25511 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
25512
25513 ;;;***
25514 \f
25515 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18785
25516 ;;;;;; 31827))
25517 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25518
25519 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25520
25521 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25522 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25523 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25526 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25527
25528 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25529
25530 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25531 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25532 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25533 otherwise turn it off.
25534
25535 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25536 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25537 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25538
25539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25540
25541 ;;;***
25542 \f
25543 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18785 31828))
25544 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25545
25546 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25547 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25548 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25549 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25550 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25551
25552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25553
25554 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25555 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25556 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25557 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25558 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25559 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25560 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25561
25562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25563
25564 ;;;***
25565 \f
25566 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25567 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25568 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25569 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25570 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25571 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25572 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25573 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25574 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25575 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25576 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25577 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25578 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19146 53668))
25579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25580
25581 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25582 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25583 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25584
25585 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25586
25587 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25588 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25589
25590 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25591
25592 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25593 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25594
25595 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25596
25597 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25598 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25599
25600 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25601
25602 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25603 Insert an editable text table.
25604 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25605 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25606 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25607 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25608 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25609 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25610 delimiting them.
25611
25612 Examples:
25613
25614 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25615
25616 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25617 location of point.
25618
25619 -!-
25620
25621 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25622 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25623 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25624 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25625 first cell.
25626
25627 +-----+-----+-----+
25628 |-!- | | |
25629 +-----+-----+-----+
25630
25631 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25632
25633 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25634 width, which results as
25635
25636 +--------------+-----+-----+
25637 |-!- | | |
25638 +--------------+-----+-----+
25639
25640 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25641 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25642
25643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25644 | | |-!- |
25645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25646
25647 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25648 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25649 width information to `table-insert'.
25650
25651 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25652
25653 instead of
25654
25655 Cell width(s): 5
25656
25657 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25658 work all together.
25659
25660 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25661 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25662
25663 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25664 |-!- | | |
25665 | | | |
25666 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25667
25668 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25669
25670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25671 |-!- | | |
25672 | | | |
25673 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25674 | | | |
25675 | | | |
25676 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25677
25678 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25679
25680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25681 | | | |
25682 | | | |
25683 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25684 | | | |
25685 | | | |
25686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25687 -!-
25688
25689 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25690 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25691 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25692
25693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25694 | | | |
25695 | | | |
25696 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25697 | | | |
25698 | | | |
25699 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25700 |-!- | | |
25701 | | | |
25702 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25703
25704 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25705 results.
25706
25707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25708 | | | |
25709 | | | |
25710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25711 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25712 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25713 | | |expected results.-!- |
25714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25715 | | | |
25716 | | | |
25717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25718
25719 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25720
25721 \\{table-cell-map}
25722
25723 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25724
25725 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
25726 Insert N table row(s).
25727 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25728 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25729 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25730 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25731
25732 \(fn N)" t nil)
25733
25734 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
25735 Insert N table column(s).
25736 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25737 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25738 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25739 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25740
25741 \(fn N)" t nil)
25742
25743 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
25744 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25745 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25746
25747 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25748
25749 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
25750 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25751 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25752 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25753 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25754 all the table specific features.
25755
25756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25757
25758 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
25759 Not documented
25760
25761 \(fn)" t nil)
25762
25763 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
25764 Recognize all tables within region.
25765 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25766 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25767 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25768 specific features.
25769
25770 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25771
25772 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
25773 Not documented
25774
25775 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25776
25777 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
25778 Recognize a table at point.
25779 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25780 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25781 the table specific features.
25782
25783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25784
25785 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
25786 Not documented
25787
25788 \(fn)" t nil)
25789
25790 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
25791 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25792 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25793 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25794 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25795 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25796 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25797
25798 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25799
25800 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
25801 Not documented
25802
25803 \(fn)" t nil)
25804
25805 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
25806 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25807 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25808 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25809 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25810 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25811 specified.
25812
25813 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25814
25815 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
25816 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25817 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25818 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25819 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25820 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25821 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25822 table structure.
25823
25824 \(fn N)" t nil)
25825
25826 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
25827 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25828 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25829 table's rectangle structure.
25830
25831 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
25834 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25835 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25836 table's rectangle structure.
25837
25838 \(fn N)" t nil)
25839
25840 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
25841 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25842 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25843 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25844 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25845
25846 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25847
25848 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25849 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25850 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25851
25852 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25853 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25854 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25855 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25856 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25857 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25858 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25859
25860 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25861 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25862 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25863 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25864 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25865 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25866 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25867
25868 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25869 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25870 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25871 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25872 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25873 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25874 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25875 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25876
25877 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25878
25879 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
25880 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25881 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25882 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25883
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25885
25886 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
25887 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25888 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25889
25890 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25891
25892 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
25893 Split current cell vertically.
25894 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25895
25896 \(fn)" t nil)
25897
25898 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
25899 Split current cell horizontally.
25900 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25901
25902 \(fn)" t nil)
25903
25904 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
25905 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25906 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25907
25908 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25909
25910 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
25911 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25912 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25913 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25914
25915 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
25918 Justify cell contents.
25919 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25920 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25921 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25922 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25923
25924 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25925
25926 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
25927 Justify cells of a row.
25928 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25929 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25930
25931 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25932
25933 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
25934 Justify cells of a column.
25935 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25936 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25937
25938 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25939
25940 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
25941 Toggle fixing width mode.
25942 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25943 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25944 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25945
25946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25947
25948 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
25949 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25950 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25951 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25952 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25953 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25954 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25955 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25956 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25957 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25958 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25959
25960 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25961
25962 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
25963 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25964 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25965 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25966 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25967 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25968 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25969 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25970 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25971 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25972 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25973 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25974 untouched.
25975
25976 References used for this implementation:
25977
25978 HTML:
25979 URL `http://www.w3.org'
25980
25981 LaTeX:
25982 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
25983
25984 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25985 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
25986 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
25987
25988 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25989
25990 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
25991 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25992 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25993 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25994 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25995 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25996 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25997 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25998 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25999 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26000 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26001 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26002 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26003 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26004 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26005 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26006 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26007
26008 Example:
26009
26010 (progn
26011 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26012 (table-forward-cell 15)
26013 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26014 (table-forward-cell 16)
26015 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26016 (table-forward-cell 1)
26017 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26018
26019 (progn
26020 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26021 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26022 (table-forward-cell 1)
26023 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26024
26025 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26026
26027 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26028 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26029 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26030 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26031 consists from cells of same height.
26032
26033 \(fn N)" t nil)
26034
26035 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26036 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26037 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26038 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26039 column must consists from cells of same width.
26040
26041 \(fn N)" t nil)
26042
26043 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26044 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26045 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26046 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26047 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26048 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26049 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26050 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26051 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26052 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26053 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26054 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26055 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26056 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26057 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26058
26059
26060 Example 1:
26061
26062 1, 2, 3, 4
26063 5, 6, 7, 8
26064 , 9, 10
26065
26066 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26067 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26068 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26069 specified as 5.
26070
26071 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26072 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26073 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26074 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26075 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26076 | | 9 | 10 | |
26077 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26078
26079 Note:
26080
26081 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26082 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26083 of each row is optional.
26084
26085
26086 Example 2:
26087
26088 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26089 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26090 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26091 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26092 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26093
26094 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26095 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26096
26097 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26098 expression and raw delimiter regular
26099 expression, it parses the specified text
26100 area and extracts cell items from
26101 non-table text and then forms a table out
26102 of them.
26103
26104 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26105 creates a single cell table. The text in
26106 the specified region is placed in that
26107 cell.-*-
26108
26109 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26110 like this.
26111
26112 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26113 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26114 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26115 | |
26116 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26117 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26118 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26119 | area and extracts cell items from |
26120 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26121 | of them. |
26122 | |
26123 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26124 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26125 | the specified region is placed in that |
26126 | cell. |
26127 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26128
26129 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26130 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26131 independently.
26132
26133 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26134 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26135 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26136 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26137 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26138 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26139 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26140 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26141 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26142 | |of them. |
26143 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26144 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26145 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26146 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26147 | |cell. |
26148 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26149
26150 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26151 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26152 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26153
26154 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26155
26156 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26157 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26158 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26159 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26160 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26161
26162 \(fn)" t nil)
26163
26164 ;;;***
26165 \f
26166 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18785 31828))
26167 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26168
26169 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26170 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26171
26172 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26173
26174 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26175 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26176
26177 \(fn)" t nil)
26178
26179 ;;;***
26180 \f
26181 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19103 26693))
26182 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26183
26184 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26185 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26186 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26187 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26188 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26189 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26190 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26191
26192 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26193 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26194 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26195 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26196
26197 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26198 \\{tar-mode-map}
26199
26200 \(fn)" t nil)
26201
26202 ;;;***
26203 \f
26204 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26205 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18790 53122))
26206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26207
26208 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26209 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26210 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26211 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26212 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26213 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26214
26215 Variables controlling indentation style:
26216 `tcl-indent-level'
26217 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26218 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26219 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26220
26221 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26222 documentation for details):
26223 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26224 Controls action of TAB key.
26225 `tcl-auto-newline'
26226 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26227 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26228 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26229 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26230 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26231
26232 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26233 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26234 already exist.
26235
26236 Commands:
26237 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26238
26239 \(fn)" t nil)
26240
26241 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26242 Run inferior Tcl process.
26243 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26244 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26245
26246 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26247
26248 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26249 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26250 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26251
26252 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26253
26254 ;;;***
26255 \f
26256 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18785 32008))
26257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26258 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26259
26260 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26261 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26262 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26263 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26264
26265 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26266 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26267 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26268 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26269 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26270
26271 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26272 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26273
26274 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26275 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26276 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26277 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26278
26279 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26280
26281 ;;;***
26282 \f
26283 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26284 ;;;;;; (19131 46631))
26285 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26286
26287 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26288 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26289 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26290 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26291 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26292 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26293
26294 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26295
26296 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26297 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26298 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26299 commands to use in that buffer.
26300
26301 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26302
26303 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26304
26305 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26306 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26307
26308 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26309
26310 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26311 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26312 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26313 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26314 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26315 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26316 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26317 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26318 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26319 use in that buffer.
26320 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26321
26322 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26323
26324 ;;;***
26325 \f
26326 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18790
26327 ;;;;;; 55820))
26328 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26329
26330 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26331 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26332 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26333 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26334 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26335 program as keyboard input.
26336
26337 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26338 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26339 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26340 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26341
26342 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26343 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26344 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26345 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26346 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26347
26348 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26349
26350 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26351 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26352 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26353 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26354
26355 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26356 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26357 subprocess started.
26358
26359 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26360
26361 ;;;***
26362 \f
26363 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26364 ;;;;;; (18785 31911))
26365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26366
26367 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26368 Start coverage on function under point.
26369
26370 \(fn)" t nil)
26371
26372 ;;;***
26373 \f
26374 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19104 47795))
26375 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26376
26377 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26378 Play the Tetris game.
26379 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26380 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26381 as to form complete rows.
26382
26383 tetris-mode keybindings:
26384 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26385 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26386 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26387 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26388 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26389 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26390 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26391 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26392 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26393
26394 \(fn)" t nil)
26395
26396 ;;;***
26397 \f
26398 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26399 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26400 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26401 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26402 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26403 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26404 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26405 ;;;;;; (19146 53668))
26406 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26407
26408 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26409 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26410
26411 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26412
26413 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26414 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26415 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26416 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26417 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26418
26419 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26420
26421 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26422 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26423 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26424 if it matches the first line of the file,
26425 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26426
26427 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26428
26429 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26430 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26431 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26432 if the variable is non-nil.")
26433
26434 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26435
26436 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26437 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26438
26439 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26440
26441 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26442 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26443 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26444 See the documentation of that variable.")
26445
26446 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26447
26448 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26449 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26450 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26451 See the documentation of that variable.")
26452
26453 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26454
26455 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26456 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26457 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26458 See the documentation of that variable.")
26459
26460 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26461
26462 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26463 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26464 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26465 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26466 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26467
26468 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26469
26470 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26471 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26472 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26473 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26474
26475 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26476
26477 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26478 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26479 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26480
26481 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26482
26483 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26484 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26485 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26486 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26487
26488 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26489
26490 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26491 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26492 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26493 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26494
26495 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26496
26497 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26498 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26499 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26500 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26501
26502 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26503 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26504 for example,
26505
26506 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26507 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26508
26509 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26510 use.")
26511
26512 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26513
26514 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26515 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26516 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26517 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26518 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26519
26520 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26521
26522 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26523
26524 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26525 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26526 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26527
26528 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26529
26530 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26531 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26532 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26533 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26534 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26535
26536 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26537
26538 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26539 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26540
26541 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26542
26543 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26544 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26545
26546 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26547
26548 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26549 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26550 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26551 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26552 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26553 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26554 says which mode to use.
26555
26556 \(fn)" t nil)
26557
26558 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26559
26560 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26561
26562 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26563
26564 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26565 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26566 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26567 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26568 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26569
26570 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26571 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26572 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26573 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26574 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26575 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26576 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26577
26578 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26579 mismatched $'s or braces.
26580
26581 Special commands:
26582 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26583
26584 Mode variables:
26585 tex-run-command
26586 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26587 tex-directory
26588 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26589 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26590 tex-dvi-print-command
26591 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26592 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26593 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26594 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26595 tex-dvi-view-command
26596 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26597 tex-show-queue-command
26598 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26599 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26600
26601 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26602 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26603 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26604
26605 \(fn)" t nil)
26606
26607 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26608 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26609 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26610 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26611 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26612
26613 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26614 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26615 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26616 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26617 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26618 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26619 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26620
26621 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26622 mismatched $'s or braces.
26623
26624 Special commands:
26625 \\{latex-mode-map}
26626
26627 Mode variables:
26628 latex-run-command
26629 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26630 tex-directory
26631 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26632 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26633 tex-dvi-print-command
26634 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26635 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26636 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26637 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26638 tex-dvi-view-command
26639 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26640 tex-show-queue-command
26641 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26642 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26643
26644 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26645 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26646 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26647
26648 \(fn)" t nil)
26649
26650 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26651 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26652 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26653 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26654 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26655
26656 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26657 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26658 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26659 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26660 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26661 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26662 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26663
26664 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26665 mismatched $'s or braces.
26666
26667 Special commands:
26668 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26669
26670 Mode variables:
26671 slitex-run-command
26672 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26673 tex-directory
26674 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26675 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26676 tex-dvi-print-command
26677 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26678 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26679 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26680 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26681 tex-dvi-view-command
26682 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26683 tex-show-queue-command
26684 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26685 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26686
26687 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26688 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26689 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26690 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26691
26692 \(fn)" t nil)
26693
26694 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26695 Not documented
26696
26697 \(fn)" nil nil)
26698
26699 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26700 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26701
26702 \(fn)" t nil)
26703
26704 ;;;***
26705 \f
26706 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26707 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19146 53668))
26708 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26709
26710 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26711 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26712 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26713 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26714
26715 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26716 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26717 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26718
26719 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26720
26721 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
26722 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26723 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26724 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26725 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26726
26727 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26728
26729 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
26730 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26731 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26732 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26733
26734 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26735 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26736 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26737 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26738
26739 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26740 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
26741
26742 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26743
26744 ;;;***
26745 \f
26746 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26747 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19100 53569))
26748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26749
26750 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26751 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26752
26753 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
26754
26755 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26756 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26757
26758 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
26759
26760 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
26761 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26762
26763 It has these extra commands:
26764 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26765
26766 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26767 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26768 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26769 modified version of TeX input format.
26770
26771 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26772 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26773 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26774 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26775
26776 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26777 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26778 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26779 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26780 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26781 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26782 in the Texinfo file.
26783
26784 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26785 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26786 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26787 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26788 move forward past the closing brace.
26789
26790 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26791 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26792
26793 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26794 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26795 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26796
26797 Here are the functions:
26798
26799 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26800 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26801 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26802
26803 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26804 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26805 texinfo-master-menu
26806
26807 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26808
26809 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26810 which menu descriptions are indented.
26811
26812 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26813 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26814 in the region.
26815
26816 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26817 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26818 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26819 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26820
26821 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26822 be the first node in the file.
26823
26824 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26825 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26826
26827 \(fn)" t nil)
26828
26829 ;;;***
26830 \f
26831 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
26832 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26833 ;;;;;; (18785 31989))
26834 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26835
26836 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
26837 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26838 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26839 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26840
26841 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26842
26843 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
26844 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26845
26846 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26847
26848 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
26849 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26850
26851 \(fn)" t nil)
26852
26853 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
26854 Not documented
26855
26856 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
26857
26858 ;;;***
26859 \f
26860 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26861 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26862 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18921 19315))
26863 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26864
26865 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
26866 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26867
26868 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26869
26870 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26871 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26872 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26873 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26874 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26875
26876 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26877 a symbol as a valid THING.
26878
26879 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26880 of the textual entity that was found.
26881
26882 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26883
26884 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26885 Return the THING at point.
26886 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26887 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26888 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26889
26890 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26891 a symbol as a valid THING.
26892
26893 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26894
26895 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26896 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
26897
26898 \(fn)" nil nil)
26899
26900 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26901 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
26902
26903 \(fn)" nil nil)
26904
26905 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26906 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
26907
26908 \(fn)" nil nil)
26909
26910 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
26911 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
26912
26913 \(fn)" nil nil)
26914
26915 ;;;***
26916 \f
26917 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26918 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26919 ;;;;;; (18785 31829))
26920 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26921
26922 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
26923 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26924
26925 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26926
26927 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
26928 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26929 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26930 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26931
26932 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26933
26934 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
26935 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26936
26937 \(fn)" t nil)
26938
26939 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
26940 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26941
26942 \(fn)" t nil)
26943
26944 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
26945
26946 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
26947 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26948
26949 \(fn)" t nil)
26950
26951 ;;;***
26952 \f
26953 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26954 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26955 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
26956 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
26957 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18785
26958 ;;;;;; 31989))
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26960
26961 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
26962 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26963 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26964
26965 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26966
26967 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
26968 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26969
26970 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26971
26972 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
26973 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26974 The returned string has no composition information.
26975
26976 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26977
26978 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
26979 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26980
26981 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26982
26983 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
26984 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26985
26986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26987
26988 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
26989 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26990 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26991 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26992
26993 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26994
26995 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
26996 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26997 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26998 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26999
27000 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27001
27002 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27003 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27004 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27005
27006 \(fn)" t nil)
27007
27008 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27009 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27010 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27011
27012 \(fn)" t nil)
27013
27014 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27015 Not documented
27016
27017 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27018
27019 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27020 Not documented
27021
27022 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27023
27024 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27025 Not documented
27026
27027 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27028
27029 ;;;***
27030 \f
27031 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27032 ;;;;;; (18785 32093))
27033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27034
27035 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27036 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27037 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27038 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27039 parameters.
27040 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27041
27042 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27043
27044 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27045 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27046 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27047 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27048 parameters.
27049 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27050
27051 \(fn)" t nil)
27052
27053 ;;;***
27054 \f
27055 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27056 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27057 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19146 53665))
27058 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27059
27060 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27061 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27062
27063 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27064 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27065
27066 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27067 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27068 This display updates automatically every minute.
27069 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27070 are displayed as well.
27071 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27072
27073 \(fn)" t nil)
27074
27075 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27076 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27077 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27080 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27081
27082 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27083
27084 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27085 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27086 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27087
27088 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27089 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27090 are displayed as well.
27091 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27092
27093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27094
27095 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27096 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27097 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27098 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27099
27100 \(fn)" t nil)
27101
27102 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27103 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27104 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27105 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27106
27107 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27108
27109 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27110 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27111
27112 \(fn)" t nil)
27113
27114 ;;;***
27115 \f
27116 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27117 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27118 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27119 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27120 ;;;;;; (19111 30075))
27121 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27122
27123 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27124 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27125
27126 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27127 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27128 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27129 (progn
27130 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27131 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27132 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27133
27134 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27135 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27136
27137 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27138
27139 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27140 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27141
27142 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27143
27144 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27145 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27146
27147 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27148
27149 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27150 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27151 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27152
27153 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27154
27155 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27156
27157 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27158 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27159 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27160
27161 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27162
27163 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27164 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27165
27166 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27167
27168 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27169 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27170 DATE should be a date-time string.
27171
27172 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27173
27174 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27175 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27176 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27177
27178 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27179
27180 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27181 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27182
27183 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27184
27185 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27186 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27187
27188 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27189
27190 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27191 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27192 TIME should be a time value.
27193 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27194
27195 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27196
27197 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27198 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27199 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27200
27201 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27202
27203 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27204 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27205 The valid format specifiers are:
27206 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27207 %d is the number of days.
27208 %h is the number of hours.
27209 %m is the number of minutes.
27210 %s is the number of seconds.
27211 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27212 %% is a literal \"%\".
27213
27214 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27215 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27216
27217 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27218 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27219 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27220
27221 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27222 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27223 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27224
27225 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27226
27227 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27228
27229 ;;;***
27230 \f
27231 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27232 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19125 13420))
27233 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27234 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27235 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27236 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27237 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27238 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27239 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27240 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27241 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27242
27243 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27244 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27245 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27246 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27247 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27248 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27249 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27250 look like one of the following:
27251 Time-stamp: <>
27252 Time-stamp: \" \"
27253 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27254 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27255 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27256 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27257 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27258 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27259 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27260 the template.
27261
27262 \(fn)" t nil)
27263
27264 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27265 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27266 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27267
27268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27269
27270 ;;;***
27271 \f
27272 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27273 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27274 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27275 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27276 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
27277 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27278
27279 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27280 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27281 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27282 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27283 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27284 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27285 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27286 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27287 display (non-nil means on).
27288
27289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27290
27291 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27292 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27293 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27294 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27295 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27296 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27297 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27298 this function is called within a day.
27299
27300 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27301 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27302 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27303 discover the name of the project.
27304
27305 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27306
27307 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27308 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27309 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27310 begun during the last time segment.
27311
27312 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27313 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27314 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27315 discover the reason.
27316
27317 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27318
27319 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27320 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27321 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27322 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27323 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27324
27325 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27326
27327 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27328 Change to working on a different project.
27329 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27330 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27331 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27332 working on.
27333
27334 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27335
27336 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27337 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27338 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27339
27340 \(fn)" nil nil)
27341
27342 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27343 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27344 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27345
27346 \(fn)" t nil)
27347
27348 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27349 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27350 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27351 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27352 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27353 \"relative to today\".
27354
27355 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27356
27357 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27358 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27359 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27360 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27361
27362 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27363
27364 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27365 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27366 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27367 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27368 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27369 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27370
27371 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27372
27373 ;;;***
27374 \f
27375 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27376 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 26983))
27377 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27378
27379 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27380 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27381 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27382 the generated Quail package is saved.
27383
27384 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27385
27386 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27387 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27388 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27389 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27390 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27391 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27392 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27393
27394 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27395
27396 ;;;***
27397 \f
27398 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27399 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18790 54821))
27400 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27401 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27402 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27403
27404 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27405 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27406 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27407 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27408 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27409
27410 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27411
27412 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27413 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27414 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27415 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27416 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27417
27418 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27419
27420 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27421 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27422 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27423 in the menu in two ways:
27424 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27425 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27426 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27427
27428 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27429 keymap or an alist of alists.
27430 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27431 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27432
27433 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27434
27435 ;;;***
27436 \f
27437 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27438 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27439 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19146 53665))
27440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27441
27442 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27443 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27444
27445 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27446
27447 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27448 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27449
27450 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27451
27452 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27453 Insert new TODO list entry.
27454 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27455 category.
27456
27457 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27458
27459 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27460 List top priorities for each category.
27461
27462 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27463 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27464
27465 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27466 between each category.
27467
27468 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27469
27470 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27471 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27472 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27473 between each category.
27474
27475 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27476
27477 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27478
27479 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27480 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27481
27482 \\{todo-mode-map}
27483
27484 \(fn)" t nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27487 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27488
27489 \(fn)" nil nil)
27490
27491 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27492 Show TODO list.
27493
27494 \(fn)" t nil)
27495
27496 ;;;***
27497 \f
27498 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27499 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
27500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27501
27502 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27503 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27504 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27507 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27508
27509 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27510
27511 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27512 TPU/edt emulation.
27513
27514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27515
27516 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27517
27518 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27519 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27520
27521 \(fn)" t nil)
27522
27523 ;;;***
27524 \f
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27526 ;;;;;; (18785 31919))
27527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27528
27529 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27530 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27531
27532 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27533 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27534 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27535 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27536 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27537
27538 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27539 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27540 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27541 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27542 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27543
27544 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27545 (tpu-edt)
27546
27547 Known Problems:
27548
27549 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27550 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27551 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27552 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27553 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27554 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27555
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27557
27558 ;;;***
27559 \f
27560 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18785 31911))
27561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27562
27563 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27564 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27565 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27566 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27567 to a tcp server on another machine.
27568
27569 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27570
27571 ;;;***
27572 \f
27573 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27574 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19046 32081))
27575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27576
27577 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27578 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27579
27580 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27581
27582 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27583 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27584 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27585 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27586 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27587 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27588 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27589 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27590
27591 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27592
27593 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27594 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27595 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27596 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27597 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27598 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27599 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27600 the window or buffer configuration.
27601
27602 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27603
27604 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27605
27606 ;;;***
27607 \f
27608 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27609 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27610 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
27611 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19146 53667))
27612 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27613
27614 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27615 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
27616 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27617
27618 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27619
27620 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27621 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27622
27623 It can have the following values:
27624
27625 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27626 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
27627 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
27628
27629 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27630
27631 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
27632 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27633 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27634 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27635
27636 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27637 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27638 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27639 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27640
27641 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
27642 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27643 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27644
27645 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27646 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
27647 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
27648 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27649 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27650 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27651 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
27652 files which are not really Tramp files.
27653
27654 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27655 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27656 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27657 updated after changing this variable.
27658
27659 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27660
27661 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
27662 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
27663 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
27664 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
27665
27666 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
27667 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27668 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
27669 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27670
27671 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
27672 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27673 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27674 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27675
27676 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
27677 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27678 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27679
27680 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27681 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
27682 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
27683
27684 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27685 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27686 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27687 updated after changing this variable.
27688
27689 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27690
27691 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
27692 Alist of completion handler functions.
27693 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27694 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27695 normal Emacs functions.")
27696
27697 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27698 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27699 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27700 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27701
27702 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27703 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27704 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27705 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27706
27707 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
27708 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27709 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
27710
27711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27712
27713 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27714 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
27715 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27716
27717 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27718 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
27719 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
27720
27721 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
27722 Not documented
27723
27724 \(fn)" nil nil)
27725
27726 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
27727 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
27728
27729 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27730
27731 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
27732 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
27733
27734 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27735
27736 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
27737 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27738
27739 \(fn)" t nil)
27740
27741 ;;;***
27742 \f
27743 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27744 ;;;;;; (19146 53667))
27745 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27746
27747 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
27748 Not documented
27749
27750 \(fn)" nil nil)
27751
27752 ;;;***
27753 \f
27754 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19146
27755 ;;;;;; 53665))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27757
27758 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
27759 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27760 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27761 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27762 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27763 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27764 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27765 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27766
27767 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27768 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27769 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27770
27771 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27772 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27773 resumed later.
27774
27775 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27776
27777 ;;;***
27778 \f
27779 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
27780 ;;;;;; (18785 31990))
27781 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
27782
27783 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
27784 Not documented
27785
27786 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27787
27788 ;;;***
27789 \f
27790 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27791 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19088 18202))
27792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27793 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27794 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27795 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27796
27797 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
27798 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27799 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27800 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27801 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27802 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27803 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27804
27805 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27806
27807 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
27808 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27809 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27810 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27811
27812 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27813
27814 \(fn)" t nil)
27815
27816 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
27817 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27818 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27819 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27820 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27821 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27822 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27823
27824 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27825 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27826
27827 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27828 \\___/\\
27829 / \\
27830 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27831
27832 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27833
27834 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27835
27836 ;;;***
27837 \f
27838 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27839 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27840 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27841 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27842 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
27843 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27844
27845 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27846 Toggle typing break mode.
27847 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27849 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27850
27851 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
27852
27853 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27854 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27855
27856 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
27857
27858 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27859 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27860
27861 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27862 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27863 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27864
27865 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27866 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27867
27868 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
27869
27870 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27871 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27872
27873 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27874 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27875 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27876 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27877
27878 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
27879
27880 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27881 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27882 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27883
27884 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27885 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27886 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27887 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27888 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27889 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27890
27891 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27892 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27893 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27894 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27895
27896 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27897 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27898
27899 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27900 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27901
27902 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
27903
27904 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
27905 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27906 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27907
27908 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27909 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27910 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27911 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27912 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27913 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27914 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27915
27916 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27917 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27918
27919 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27920 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27921 reset the keystroke counter.
27922
27923 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27924 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27925 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27926 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27927
27928 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27929 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27930 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27931 `type-break-schedule' command.
27932
27933 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27934 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27935 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27936 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27937 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27938 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27939 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27940 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27941 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27942
27943 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27944 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27945 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27946 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27947 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27948
27949 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27950 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27951 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27952 approximate good values for this.
27953
27954 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27955 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27956
27957 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27958 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27959 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27960 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27961 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27962 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27963
27964 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27965 a typing break occur. They include:
27966
27967 `type-break-query-mode'
27968 `type-break-query-function'
27969 `type-break-query-interval'
27970
27971 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27972
27973 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27974 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27975 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27976 problems.
27977
27978 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
27981 Take a typing break.
27982
27983 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27984 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27985
27986 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27987 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27988
27989 \(fn)" t nil)
27990
27991 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
27992 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27993 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27994 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27995
27996 \(fn)" t nil)
27997
27998 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
27999 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28000
28001 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28002 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28003 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28004 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28005 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28006 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28007 average typing speed.)
28008
28009 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28010 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28011 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28012 the computed maximum threshold.
28013
28014 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28015 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28016 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28017 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28018 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28019
28020 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28021
28022 ;;;***
28023 \f
28024 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19141 18867))
28025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28026
28027 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28028 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28029 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28030 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28031 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28032
28033 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28034
28035 ;;;***
28036 \f
28037 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28038 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28039 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28040 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28041 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28042 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19096 8298))
28043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28044
28045 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28046 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28047
28048 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28049
28050 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28051 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28052
28053 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28054
28055 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28056 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28057
28058 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28059
28060 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28061 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28062
28063 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28064
28065 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28066 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28067
28068 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28069
28070 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28071 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28072
28073 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28074
28075 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28076 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28077
28078 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28079
28080 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28081 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28082
28083 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28084
28085 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28086 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28087
28088 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28089
28090 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28091 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28092
28093 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28094
28095 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28096 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28097
28098 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28099
28100 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28101 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28102
28103 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28104
28105 ;;;***
28106 \f
28107 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28108 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18785 32094))
28109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28110
28111 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28112 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28113 Works by overstriking underscores.
28114 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28115 which specify the range to operate on.
28116
28117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28118
28119 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28120 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28121 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28122 which specify the range to operate on.
28123
28124 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28125
28126 ;;;***
28127 \f
28128 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28129 ;;;;;; (19028 3605))
28130 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28131
28132 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28133 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28134 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28135 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28136 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28137 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28138
28139 \(fn)" nil nil)
28140
28141 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28142 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28143
28144 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28145
28146 ;;;***
28147 \f
28148 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18785
28149 ;;;;;; 31912))
28150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28151
28152 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28153 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28154 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28155 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28156
28157 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28158
28159 ;;;***
28160 \f
28161 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28162 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18785 32101))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28164
28165 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28166 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28167 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28168
28169 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28170 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28171 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28172 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28173 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28174 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28175
28176 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28177 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28178 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28179
28180 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28181 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28182 the callback is not called).
28183
28184 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28185 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28186 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28187 take effect.
28188
28189 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28190
28191 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28192 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28193 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28194 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28195 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28196
28197 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28198
28199 ;;;***
28200 \f
28201 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28202 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18785 32095))
28203 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28204
28205 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28206 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28207 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28208
28209 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28210 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28211 `url-generic-parse-url'
28212 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28213 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28214 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28215 realm
28216 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28217 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28218 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28219 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28220 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28221 what type of auth to use
28222 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28223 if one cannot be found in the cache
28224
28225 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28226
28227 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28228 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28229
28230 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28231 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28232 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28233 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28234 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28235 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28236 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28237 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28238
28239 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28240
28241 ;;;***
28242 \f
28243 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28244 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18785
28245 ;;;;;; 32095))
28246 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28247
28248 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28249 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28250
28251 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28252
28253 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28254 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28255
28256 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28257
28258 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28259 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28260
28261 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28262
28263 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28264 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28265
28266 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28267
28268 ;;;***
28269 \f
28270 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18790 49739))
28271 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28272
28273 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28274 Not documented
28275
28276 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28277
28278 ;;;***
28279 \f
28280 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28281 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18785 32096))
28282 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28283
28284 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28285 Not documented
28286
28287 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28288
28289 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28290 Not documented
28291
28292 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28293
28294 ;;;***
28295 \f
28296 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19116
28297 ;;;;;; 21576))
28298 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28299
28300 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28301 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28302
28303 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28304
28305 ;;;***
28306 \f
28307 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28308 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18785 32097))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28310
28311 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28312 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28313
28314 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28315
28316 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28317 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28318 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28319 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28320 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28321
28322 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28323
28324 ;;;***
28325 \f
28326 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28327 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28328 ;;;;;; (19117 25188))
28329 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28330
28331 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28332 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28333 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28335 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28336 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28337
28338 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28339
28340 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28341 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28342
28343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28344
28345 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28346 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28347 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28348 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28349
28350 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28351
28352 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28353 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28354 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28355 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28356 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28357 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28358 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28359 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28360 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28361 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28362
28363 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28364
28365 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28366 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28367 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28368 accessible.
28369
28370 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28371
28372 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28373 Not documented
28374
28375 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28376
28377 ;;;***
28378 \f
28379 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28380 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19141 18872))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28382
28383 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28384 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28385 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28386 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28387 CBARGS as the arguments.
28388
28389 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28390
28391 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28392 Not documented
28393
28394 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28395
28396 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28397
28398 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28399 Not documented
28400
28401 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28402
28403 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28404 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28405 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28406
28407 Property list members:
28408
28409 methods
28410 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28411 supports.
28412
28413 dav
28414 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28415 supported.
28416
28417 dasl
28418 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28419
28420 ranges
28421 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28422
28423 p3p
28424 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28425 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28426 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28427 Emacs/W3.
28428
28429 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28430
28431 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28432 Default HTTPS port.")
28433
28434 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28435 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28436 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28437
28438 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28439 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28440 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28441 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28442 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28443
28444 ;;;***
28445 \f
28446 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18785 32099))
28447 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28448
28449 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28450 Not documented
28451
28452 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28453
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18785
28457 ;;;;;; 32099))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28459
28460 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28461 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28462 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28463 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28464 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28465
28466 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28467
28468 ;;;***
28469 \f
28470 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28471 ;;;;;; (18785 32099))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28473
28474 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28475 Not documented
28476
28477 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28478
28479 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28480 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28481
28482 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28483
28484 ;;;***
28485 \f
28486 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28487 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18785 32099))
28488 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28489
28490 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28491 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28492
28493 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28494
28495 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28496 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28497
28498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28499
28500 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28501 Not documented
28502
28503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28504
28505 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28506
28507 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28508
28509 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28510
28511 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28512 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28513
28514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28515
28516 ;;;***
28517 \f
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28519 ;;;;;; (18785 32100))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28521
28522 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28523 Not documented
28524
28525 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28526
28527 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28528 Not documented
28529
28530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28531
28532 ;;;***
28533 \f
28534 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28535 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28536 ;;;;;; (18785 32100))
28537 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28538
28539 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28540 Not documented
28541
28542 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28543
28544 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28545 Not documented
28546
28547 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28548
28549 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28550 Not documented
28551
28552 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28553
28554 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28555 Not documented
28556
28557 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28558
28559 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28560 Not documented
28561
28562 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28563
28564 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28565 Not documented
28566
28567 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28568
28569 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28570 Not documented
28571
28572 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28573
28574 ;;;***
28575 \f
28576 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28577 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18785 32100))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28579
28580 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28581 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28582
28583 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28584
28585 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28586 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28587 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28588 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28589
28590 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28591
28592 ;;;***
28593 \f
28594 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28595 ;;;;;; (19088 26847))
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28597
28598 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28599 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28600
28601 \(fn)" t nil)
28602
28603 ;;;***
28604 \f
28605 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28606 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28607 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28608 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28609 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28610 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28611 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18832 62497))
28612 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28613
28614 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28615 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28616 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28617
28618 If t, all messages will be logged.
28619 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28620 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28621
28622 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28623
28624 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28625 Not documented
28626
28627 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28628
28629 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28630 Not documented
28631
28632 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28633
28634 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28635 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28636 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28637 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28638 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28639 & ==> &amp;
28640 < ==> &lt;
28641 > ==> &gt;
28642 \" ==> &quot;
28643
28644 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28645
28646 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28647 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28648 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28649
28650 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28651
28652 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28653 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28654 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28655
28656 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28657
28658 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28659 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28660
28661 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28662
28663 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28664 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28665
28666 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28667
28668 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28669 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28670
28671 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28672
28673 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
28674 Not documented
28675
28676 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28677
28678 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
28679 Not documented
28680
28681 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28682
28683 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
28684 Not documented
28685
28686 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28687
28688 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
28689
28690 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
28691 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
28692
28693 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28694
28695 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
28696 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
28697
28698 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28699
28700 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
28701 Not documented
28702
28703 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28704
28705 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
28706 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
28707 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28708 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28709 forbidden in URL encoding.
28710
28711 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28712
28713 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
28714 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28715 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28716 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28717 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28718 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28719
28720 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28721
28722 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
28723 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28724 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
28725 of the file with the extension stripped off.
28726
28727 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28728
28729 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
28730 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
28731 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28732
28733 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
28736 View the current document's URL.
28737 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28738 the minibuffer.
28739
28740 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28741
28742 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28743
28744 ;;;***
28745 \f
28746 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28747 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18785 31831))
28748 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28749
28750 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
28751 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28752 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28753 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28754 to refrain from editing the file
28755 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28756 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28757 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28758 in any way you like.
28759
28760 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28761
28762 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
28763 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28764 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28765 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28766 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28767
28768 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28769 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28770
28771 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28772
28773 ;;;***
28774 \f
28775 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
28776 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
28777 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18785 31984))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28779
28780 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
28781 Not documented
28782
28783 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28784
28785 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
28786 Not documented
28787
28788 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28789
28790 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
28791 Not documented
28792
28793 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28794
28795 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
28796 Not documented
28797
28798 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28799
28800 ;;;***
28801 \f
28802 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28803 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
28804 ;;;;;; (18785 31998))
28805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
28806
28807 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
28808 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28809 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28810 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28811
28812 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28813
28814 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
28815 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28816 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28817
28818 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28819
28820 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
28821 Uudecode region between START and END.
28822 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28823
28824 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28825
28826 ;;;***
28827 \f
28828 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28829 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
28830 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
28831 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
28832 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
28833 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
28834 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19146 53665))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28836
28837 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28838 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28839 See `run-hooks'.")
28840
28841 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
28842
28843 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28844 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
28845 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28846
28847 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
28848
28849 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28850 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
28851 See `run-hooks'.")
28852
28853 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
28854
28855 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
28856 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
28857 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
28858
28859 For locking systems:
28860 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
28861 control.
28862 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28863 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
28864 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28865 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
28866 it performs a revert on that file.
28867 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28868 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28869 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28870 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28871 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
28872 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
28873 given the option to steal the lock(s).
28874
28875 For merging systems:
28876 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
28877 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
28878 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
28879 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
28880 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28881 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28882 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28883 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28884 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28885
28886 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28887
28888 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
28889 Register into a version control system.
28890 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
28891 Otherwise register the current file.
28892 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
28893 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28894
28895 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28896 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28897 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28898 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28899 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28900 first backend that could register the file is used.
28901
28902 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
28903
28904 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
28905 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
28906
28907 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
28908
28909 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
28910 Display diffs between file revisions.
28911 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
28912 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
28913 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
28914
28915 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28916 saving the buffer.
28917
28918 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28919
28920 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
28921 Display diffs between file revisions.
28922 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
28923 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
28924 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
28925
28926 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28927 saving the buffer.
28928
28929 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28930
28931 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
28932 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
28933 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
28934 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28935
28936 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28937
28938 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
28939 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28940 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28941 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28942
28943 \(fn)" t nil)
28944
28945 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
28946 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
28947 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28948 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28949 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28950 from the current branch.
28951
28952 See Info node `Merging'.
28953
28954 \(fn)" t nil)
28955
28956 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
28957
28958 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
28959 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
28960 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
28961 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
28962 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
28963 checked out in that new branch.
28964
28965 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28966
28967 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
28968 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
28969 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
28970 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28971 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28972 allowed and simply skipped).
28973
28974 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
28977 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
28978 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28979
28980 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
28981
28982 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
28983 List the change log of for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
28984
28985 \(fn)" t nil)
28986
28987 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
28988 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
28989 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28990 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
28991
28992 \(fn)" t nil)
28993
28994 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
28995 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
28996 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
28997 depending on the underlying version-control system.
28998
28999 \(fn)" t nil)
29000
29001 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29002
29003 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29004 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29005 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29006 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29007 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29008 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29009
29010 \(fn)" t nil)
29011
29012 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29013 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29014 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29015 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29016 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29017 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29018 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29019
29020 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29021
29022 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29023 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29024 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29025 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29026 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29027 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29028 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29029 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29030 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29031
29032 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29033
29034 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29035 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29036
29037 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29038
29039 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29040 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29041
29042 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29043
29044 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29045 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29046 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29047 directory.
29048
29049 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29050
29051 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29052 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29053 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29054
29055 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29056 log entries should be gathered.
29057
29058 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29059
29060 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29061 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29062
29063 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29064
29065 ;;;***
29066 \f
29067 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19114
29068 ;;;;;; 11634))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29070
29071 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29072 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29073
29074 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29075 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29076 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29077 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29078 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29079 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29080
29081 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29082 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29083 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29084 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29085 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29086 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29087 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29088 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29089
29090 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29091
29092 Customization variables:
29093
29094 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29095 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29096 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29097 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29098
29099 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29100
29101 ;;;***
29102 \f
29103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19091 42388))
29104 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29105 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29106 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29107 (progn
29108 (load "vc-arch")
29109 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29110
29111 ;;;***
29112 \f
29113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19117 51423))
29114 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29115
29116 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29117 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29118
29119 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29120 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29121 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29122 (progn
29123 (load "vc-bzr")
29124 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29125
29126 ;;;***
29127 \f
29128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19141 18857))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29130 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29131 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29132 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29133 (load "vc-cvs")
29134 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29135
29136 ;;;***
29137 \f
29138 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19146 53665))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29140
29141 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29142 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29143 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29144 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29145 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29146
29147 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29148 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29149 The file lines appear later.
29150
29151 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29152 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29153
29154 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29155
29156 \\<vc-dir-mode-map>
29157
29158 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29159
29160 ;;;***
29161 \f
29162 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29163 ;;;;;; (19141 18857))
29164 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29165
29166 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29167 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29168 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29169 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29170 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29171 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29172 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29173 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29174 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29175 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29176 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29177 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29178 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29179 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29180 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29181
29182 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29183
29184 ;;;***
29185 \f
29186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19126 34762))
29187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29188 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29189 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29190 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29191 (progn
29192 (load "vc-git")
29193 (vc-git-registered file))))
29194
29195 ;;;***
29196 \f
29197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19146 53665))
29198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29199 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29200 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29201 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29202 (progn
29203 (load "vc-hg")
29204 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29205
29206 ;;;***
29207 \f
29208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19117 51615))
29209 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29210
29211 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29212
29213 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29214 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29215 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29216 (progn
29217 (load "vc-mtn")
29218 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29219
29220 ;;;***
29221 \f
29222 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29223 ;;;;;; (19130 52558))
29224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29225
29226 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29227 Where to look for RCS master files.
29228 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29229
29230 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29231
29232 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29233
29234 ;;;***
29235 \f
29236 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29237 ;;;;;; (19130 52558))
29238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29239
29240 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29241 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29242 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29243
29244 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29245 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29246
29247 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29248 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29249 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29250 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29251
29252 ;;;***
29253 \f
29254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19117 51615))
29255 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29256 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29257 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29258 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29259 "_svn")
29260 (t ".svn"))))
29261 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29262 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29263 (file-name-directory f)))
29264 (load "vc-svn")
29265 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29266
29267 ;;;***
29268 \f
29269 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29270 ;;;;;; (19046 33387))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29272 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29273
29274 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29275 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29276
29277 Usage:
29278 ------
29279
29280 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29281 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29282 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29283 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29284
29285 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29286 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29287 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29288 completions.
29289
29290 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29291 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29292
29293 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29294 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29295
29296 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29297 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29298 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29299
29300 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29301
29302
29303 Maintenance:
29304 ------------
29305
29306 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29307 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29308
29309 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29310
29311 Official distribution is at
29312 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29313
29314
29315 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29316 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29317
29318 Key bindings:
29319 -------------
29320
29321 \\{vera-mode-map}
29322
29323 \(fn)" t nil)
29324
29325 ;;;***
29326 \f
29327 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29328 ;;;;;; (19100 37533))
29329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29330
29331 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29332 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29333 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29334 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29335 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29336
29337 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29338
29339 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29340 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29341
29342 Supports highlighting.
29343
29344 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29345 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29346
29347 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29348
29349 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29350 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29351 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29352 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29353 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29354 on the left side of your screen.
29355 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29356 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29357 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29358 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29359 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29360 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29361 function keyword.
29362 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29363 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29364 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29365 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29366 if (a)
29367 begin
29368 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29369 Indentation for case statements.
29370 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29371 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29372 mark after an end.
29373 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29374 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29375 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29376 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29378 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29379 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29380 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29381 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29382 if (a)
29383 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29384 otherwise you get:
29385 if (a)
29386 begin
29387 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29388 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29389 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29390 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29391 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29392 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29393 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29394 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29395 comments in tight quarters.
29396 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29397 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29398
29399 Variables controlling other actions:
29400
29401 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29402 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29403 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29404
29405 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29406
29407 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29408
29409 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29410 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29411 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29412
29413 Some other functions are:
29414
29415 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29416 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29417 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29418 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29419 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29420
29421 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29422 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29423 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29424 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29425
29426 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29427 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29428 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29429 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29430 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29431 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29432 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29433 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29434 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29435 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29436 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29437 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29438 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29439 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29440 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29441 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29442 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29443 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29444 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29445 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29446 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29447 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29448 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29449 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29450 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29451 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29452 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29453 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29454
29455 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29456 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29457
29458 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29459
29460 \(fn)" t nil)
29461
29462 ;;;***
29463 \f
29464 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29465 ;;;;;; (19088 18200))
29466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29467
29468 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29469 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29470
29471 Usage:
29472 ------
29473
29474 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29475 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29476 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29477 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29478 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29479 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29480 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29481 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29482 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29483
29484 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29485 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29486 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29487 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29488
29489 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29490 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29491 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29492 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29493 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29494
29495 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29496 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29497
29498
29499 HEADER INSERTION:
29500 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29501 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29502 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29503
29504
29505 STUTTERING:
29506 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29507 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29508 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29509 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29510
29511 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29512 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29513 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29514 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29515 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29516
29517
29518 WORD COMPLETION:
29519 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29520 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29521 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29522 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29523
29524 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29525 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29526 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29527 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29528 beginning with \"std\").
29529
29530 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29531 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29532 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29533 stop.
29534
29535
29536 COMMENTS:
29537 `--' puts a single comment.
29538 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29539 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29540 with a comment in between.
29541 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29542 out following lines.
29543 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29544 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29545
29546 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29547 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29548 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29549 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29550 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29551 non-nil.
29552
29553 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29554 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29555 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29556 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29557 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29558 multi-line comments.
29559
29560
29561 INDENTATION:
29562 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29563 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29564 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29565 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29566
29567 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29568 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29569 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29570 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29571
29572 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29573 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29574 and vice versa.
29575
29576 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29577 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29578
29579
29580 ALIGNMENT:
29581 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29582 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29583 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29584 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29585 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29586 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29587 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29588 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29589
29590 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29591 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29592 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29593 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29594 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29595 is non-nil.
29596
29597 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29598 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29599 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29600
29601 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29602 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29603
29604
29605 CODE FILLING:
29606 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29607 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29608 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29609 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29610 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29611 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29612
29613
29614 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29615 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29616 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29617 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29618 command:
29619
29620 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29621
29622
29623 PORT TRANSLATION:
29624 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29625 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29626 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29627 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29628 internal signal initializations (menu).
29629
29630 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29631 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29632 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29633
29634 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29635 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29636 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29637 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29638 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29639 in subsequent paste operations.)
29640
29641 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29642 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29643 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29644
29645
29646 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29647 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29648 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29649 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29650 association list with formals).
29651
29652
29653 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29654 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29655 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29656 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29657 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29658 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29659 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29660 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29661 `vhdl-testbench'.
29662
29663
29664 KEY BINDINGS:
29665 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29666
29667
29668 VHDL MENU:
29669 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29670
29671
29672 FILE BROWSER:
29673 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29674 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29675 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29676
29677 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29678 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29679
29680
29681 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29682 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29683 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29684 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29685
29686 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29687 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29688 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29689
29690 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29691 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29692 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29693 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29694
29695 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29696 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29697 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29698 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29699 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29700
29701 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29702 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29703 required by secondary units.
29704
29705
29706 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29707 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29708 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29709 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29710 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29711 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29712 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29713 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29714 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29715 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29716 inputs to this component -> input port created
29717 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29718 outputs from this component -> output port created
29719 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29720 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29721
29722 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29723 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29724 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29725 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29726 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29727
29728 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29729 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29730
29731 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29732 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29733 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29734 component instantiation is also supported (option
29735 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29736
29737 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29738 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29739 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29740 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29741 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29742 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29743 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29744 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29745 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29746 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29747 | generating the configuration.
29748 |
29749 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29750 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29751 | configurations in speedbar.
29752
29753 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29754
29755
29756 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29757 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29758 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29759 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29760 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29761 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29762 information. New compilers can be added.
29763
29764 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29765 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29766
29767
29768 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29769 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29770 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29771 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29772 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29773
29774 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29775 command:
29776
29777 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29778 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29779 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29780
29781 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29782 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29783 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29784 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29785 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29786 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29787 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29788
29789 Limitations:
29790 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29791 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29792 not (yet) supported.
29793 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29794 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29795 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29796
29797
29798 PROJECTS:
29799 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29800 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29801 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29802 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29803 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29804 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29805 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29806 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29807
29808 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29809 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29810 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29811 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29812 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29813 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29814 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29815 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29816 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29817 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29818 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29819
29820
29821 SPECIAL MENUES:
29822 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29823 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29824 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29825 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29826 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29827 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29828 current directory for VHDL source files.
29829
29830
29831 VHDL STANDARDS:
29832 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29833 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29834
29835
29836 KEYWORD CASE:
29837 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29838 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29839 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29840 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29841 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29842 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29843 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29844 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29845
29846
29847 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29848 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29849 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29850 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29851 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29852 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29853 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29854
29855 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29856 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29857 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29858 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29859 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29860 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29861
29862 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29863 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29864 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29865 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29866 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29867 visually.
29868
29869 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29870 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29871 highlighted if written in lower case.
29872
29873 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29874 highlighted using a different background color if option
29875 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29876
29877 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29878 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29879 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29880 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29881 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29882
29883
29884 USER MODELS:
29885 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29886 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29887 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29888
29889
29890 HIDE/SHOW:
29891 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29892 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29893 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29894 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29895 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29896
29897
29898 CODE UPDATING:
29899 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29900 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29901 Limitations:
29902 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29903 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29904 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29905 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29906 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29907 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29908 (used to obtain the port names).
29909
29910
29911 CODE FIXING:
29912 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29913 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29914
29915
29916 PRINTING:
29917 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29918 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29919 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29920 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29921 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29922 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29923 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29924 printers.
29925
29926
29927 OPTIONS:
29928 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29929 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29930 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29931 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29932 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29933
29934 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29935 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29936 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29937 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29938 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29939 INSTALL file).
29940
29941 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29942 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29943
29944
29945 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29946 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29947 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29948 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29949
29950 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29951
29952
29953 HINTS:
29954 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29955 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29956
29957 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29958
29959 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29960
29961 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29962
29963
29964 RELEASE NOTES:
29965 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29966
29967
29968 Maintenance:
29969 ------------
29970
29971 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29972 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29973
29974 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29975
29976 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29977 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29978 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29979 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29980
29981 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29982 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
29983 where the latest version can be found.
29984
29985
29986 Known problems:
29987 ---------------
29988
29989 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29990 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29991 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29992
29993
29994 The VHDL Mode Authors
29995 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29996
29997 Key bindings:
29998 -------------
29999
30000 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30001
30002 \(fn)" t nil)
30003
30004 ;;;***
30005 \f
30006 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19088 19010))
30007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30008
30009 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30010 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30011 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30012 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30013
30014 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30015 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30016 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30017 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30018 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30019
30020 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30021 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30022
30023 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30024
30025 * Limitations and unsupported features
30026 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30027 not supported.
30028 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30029 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30030
30031 * Modifications
30032 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30033 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30034 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30035 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30036 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30037 for undoing a repeated change command.
30038 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30039 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30040 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30041
30042 * Extensions
30043 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30044 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30045 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30046 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30047 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30048 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30049 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30050 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30051
30052 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30053
30054 \(fn)" t nil)
30055
30056 ;;;***
30057 \f
30058 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30059 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30060 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30061 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18785 31990))
30062 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30063
30064 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30065 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30066
30067 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30068
30069 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30070 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30071 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30072 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30073
30074 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30075
30076 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30077 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30078
30079 \(fn)" t nil)
30080
30081 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30082 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30083 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30084 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30085
30086 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30087
30088 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30089 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30090
30091 \(fn)" t nil)
30092
30093 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30094 Not documented
30095
30096 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30097
30098 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30099 Not documented
30100
30101 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30102
30103 ;;;***
30104 \f
30105 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30106 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30107 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30108 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30109 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19130 52559))
30110 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30111
30112 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30113 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30114 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30115
30116 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30117
30118 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30119 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30120 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30121 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30122
30123 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30124
30125 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30126 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30127
30128 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30129
30130 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30131 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30132 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30133 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30134 moving around in the buffer.
30135 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30136 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30137
30138 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30139
30140 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30141
30142 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30143 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30144 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30145 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30146
30147 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30148 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30149 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30150 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30151 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30152
30153 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30154
30155 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30156
30157 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30158 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30159 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30160 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30161 buffer.
30162
30163 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30164 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30165 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30166 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30167 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30168
30169 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30170
30171 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30172
30173 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30174 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30175 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30176 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30177 moving around in the buffer.
30178 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30179 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30180
30181 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30182
30183 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30184 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30185 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30186
30187 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30188 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30189 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30190 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30191
30192 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30193
30194 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30195 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30196 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30197 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30198 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30199 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30200 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30201 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30202
30203 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30204
30205 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30206 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30207 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30208
30209 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30210
30211 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30212 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30213 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30214 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30215 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30216 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30217 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30218 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30219
30220 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30221
30222 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30223 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30224 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30225
30226 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30227
30228 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30229 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30230 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30231 turn it off.
30232
30233 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30234 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30235 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30236 read-only.
30237 \\<view-mode-map>
30238 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30239 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30240 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30241 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30242 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30243
30244 H, h, ? This message.
30245 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30246 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30247 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30248 > move to the end of buffer.
30249 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30250 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30251 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30252 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30253 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30254 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30255 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30256 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30257 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30258 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30259 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30260 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30261 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30262 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30263 Use this to view a changing file.
30264 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30265 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30266 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30267 . set the mark.
30268 x exchanges point and mark.
30269 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30270 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30271 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30272 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30273 ' go to position saved in character register.
30274 s do forward incremental search.
30275 r do reverse incremental search.
30276 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30277 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30278 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30279 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30280 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30281 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30282 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30283 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30284 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30285 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30286 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30287 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30288 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30289 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30290 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30291 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30292 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30293
30294 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30295 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30296 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30297 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30298 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30299 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30300 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30301 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30302 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30303
30304 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30305
30306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30307
30308 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30309 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30310 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30311 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30312 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30313 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30314 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30315 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30316 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30317
30318 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30319
30320 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30321 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30322 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30323 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30324 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30325 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30326 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30327
30328 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30329 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30330 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30331 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30332 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30333 1) nil Do nothing.
30334 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30335 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30336 frame.
30337 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30338 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30339 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30340 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30341
30342 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30343
30344 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30345
30346 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30347
30348 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30349 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30350
30351 \(fn)" t nil)
30352
30353 ;;;***
30354 \f
30355 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18790
30356 ;;;;;; 54324))
30357 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30358
30359 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30360 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30361
30362 \(fn)" nil nil)
30363
30364 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30365 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30366
30367 \(fn)" t nil)
30368
30369 ;;;***
30370 \f
30371 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30372 ;;;;;; (19146 53666))
30373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30374
30375 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30376 Toggle Viper on/off.
30377 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30378
30379 \(fn)" t nil)
30380
30381 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30382 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30383
30384 \(fn)" t nil)
30385
30386 ;;;***
30387 \f
30388 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30389 ;;;;;; (18785 31913))
30390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30391
30392 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30393 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30394 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30395 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30396 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30397 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30398 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30399 the beginning of the warning.")
30400
30401 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30402 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30403 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30404 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30405 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30406 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30407 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30408 also call that function before the next warning.")
30409
30410 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30411 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30412
30413 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30414 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30415 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30416 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30417
30418 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30419 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30420 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30421 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30422 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30423 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30424
30425 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30426 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30427 Default is :warning.
30428
30429 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30430 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30431 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30432 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30433 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30434 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30435
30436 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30437 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30438 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30439
30440 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30441
30442 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30443 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30444
30445 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30446
30447 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30448 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30449 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30450 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30451
30452 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30453 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30454 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30455 can be whatever you like.)
30456
30457 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30458 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30459
30460 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30461 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30462 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30463 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30464 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30465
30466 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30467
30468 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30469 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30470 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30471 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30472 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30473
30474 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30475
30476 ;;;***
30477 \f
30478 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30479 ;;;;;; (19130 52559))
30480 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30481
30482 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30483 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30484 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30485 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30486 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30487 in disk.
30488
30489 See `wdired-mode'.
30490
30491 \(fn)" t nil)
30492
30493 ;;;***
30494 \f
30495 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18785 32010))
30496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30497
30498 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30499 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30500
30501 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30502 hotlist.
30503
30504 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30505 <nwv@acm.org>.
30506
30507 \(fn)" t nil)
30508
30509 ;;;***
30510 \f
30511 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30512 ;;;;;; (18935 30030))
30513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30514 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30515 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30516
30517 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30518
30519 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30520 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30521 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30524 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30525
30526 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30527
30528 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30529 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30530 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30531 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30532
30533 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30534 and off otherwise.
30535
30536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30537
30538 ;;;***
30539 \f
30540 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30541 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30542 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30543 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19146 53665))
30544 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30545
30546 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30547 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30548
30549 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30550 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30551 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30552 Only useful with a windowing system.
30553
30554 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30555 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30556
30557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30558
30559 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30560 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30561
30562 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30563 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30564 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30565 Only useful with a windowing system.
30566
30567 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30568 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30569 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30570 use `whitespace-mode'.
30571
30572 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30573
30574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30575
30576 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30577 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30578 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30581 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30582
30583 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30584
30585 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30586 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30587
30588 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30589 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30590 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30591 Only useful with a windowing system.
30592
30593 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30594 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30595
30596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30597
30598 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30599 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30600 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30603 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30604
30605 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30606
30607 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30608 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
30609
30610 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30611 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30612 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30613 Only useful with a windowing system.
30614
30615 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
30616 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
30617 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
30618 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
30619
30620 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30621
30622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30623
30624 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30625 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30626
30627 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30628 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30629
30630 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30631 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30632
30633 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30634
30635 CHAR MEANING
30636 (VIA FACES)
30637 t toggle TAB visualization
30638 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30639 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30640 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30641 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30642 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30643 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30644 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30645 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30646 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30647 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30648 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30649 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30650 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30651 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30652 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30653
30654 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30655 T toggle TAB visualization
30656 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30657 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30658
30659 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30660 ? display brief help
30661
30662 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30663 The valid symbols are:
30664
30665 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30666 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30667 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30668 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30669 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30670 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30671 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30672 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30673 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30674 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30675 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30676 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30677 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30678 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30679 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30680 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30681
30682 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
30683 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30684 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
30685
30686 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
30687
30688 Only useful with a windowing system.
30689
30690 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
30691
30692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30693
30694 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30695 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
30696
30697 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30698 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
30699
30700 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30701 and restart global whitespace-mode.
30702
30703 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
30704
30705 CHAR MEANING
30706 (VIA FACES)
30707 t toggle TAB visualization
30708 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30709 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30710 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30711 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30712 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30713 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30714 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30715 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30716 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30717 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30718 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30719 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30720 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30721 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30722 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30723
30724 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30725 T toggle TAB visualization
30726 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30727 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30728
30729 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30730 ? display brief help
30731
30732 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30733 The valid symbols are:
30734
30735 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30736 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30737 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30738 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30739 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30740 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30741 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30742 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30743 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30744 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30745 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30746 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30747 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30748 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30749 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30750 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30751
30752 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
30753 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30754 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
30755
30756 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
30757
30758 Only useful with a windowing system.
30759
30760 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
30761
30762 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30763
30764 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30765 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
30766
30767 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
30768 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
30769 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
30770 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
30771 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
30772
30773 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
30774
30775 The problems cleaned up are:
30776
30777 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30778 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30779 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
30780 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
30781
30782 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30783 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
30784 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
30785 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
30786 SPACEs.
30787 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
30788 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
30789 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
30790 replace TABs by SPACEs.
30791
30792 4. SPACEs before TAB.
30793 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
30794 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30795 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30796 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30797 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30798 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30799 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30800
30801 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30802 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
30803 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30804
30805 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30806 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
30807 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30808 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30809 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30810 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30811 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30812 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30813
30814 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
30815 documentation.
30816
30817 \(fn)" t nil)
30818
30819 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30820 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
30821
30822 The problems cleaned up are:
30823
30824 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30825 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
30826 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
30827 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
30828 SPACEs.
30829 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
30830 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
30831 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
30832 replace TABs by SPACEs.
30833
30834 2. SPACEs before TAB.
30835 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
30836 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30837 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30838 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30839 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30840 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30841 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30842
30843 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30844 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
30845 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30846
30847 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30848 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
30849 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
30850 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
30851 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30852 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
30853 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
30854 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
30855
30856 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
30857 documentation.
30858
30859 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30860
30861 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
30862 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
30863
30864 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
30865 non-nil.
30866
30867 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
30868 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
30869 `whitespace-style' to have:
30870
30871 empty
30872 trailing
30873 indentation
30874 space-before-tab
30875 space-after-tab
30876
30877 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
30878 whitespace problems in buffer.
30879
30880 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
30881
30882 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
30883 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30884 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30885 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30886 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30887 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30888 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30889
30890 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
30891 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30892 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30893 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30894 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
30895 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30896 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30897
30898 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
30899 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
30900 cleaning up these problems.
30901
30902 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
30903
30904 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
30905 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
30906
30907 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
30908 non-nil.
30909
30910 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
30911 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
30912 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
30913
30914 empty
30915 indentation
30916 space-before-tab
30917 trailing
30918 space-after-tab
30919
30920 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
30921 whitespace problems in buffer.
30922
30923 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
30924
30925 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
30926 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30927 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30928 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30929 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
30930 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30931 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30932
30933 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
30934 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
30935 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
30936 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
30937 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
30938 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
30939 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
30940
30941 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
30942 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
30943 cleaning up these problems.
30944
30945 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
30946
30947 ;;;***
30948 \f
30949 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30950 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18785 31836))
30951 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30952
30953 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30954 Browse the widget under point.
30955
30956 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30957
30958 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30959 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30960
30961 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30962
30963 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30964 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30965
30966 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30967
30968 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30969 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30970 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30971
30972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30973
30974 ;;;***
30975 \f
30976 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30977 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19113
30978 ;;;;;; 41176))
30979 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30980
30981 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
30982 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30983
30984 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30985
30986 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
30987 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30988 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30989
30990 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30991
30992 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
30993 Create widget of TYPE.
30994 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30995
30996 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30997
30998 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
30999 Delete WIDGET.
31000
31001 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31002
31003 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31004 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31005
31006 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31007
31008 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31009 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31010 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31011
31012 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31013 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31014
31015 \(fn)" nil nil)
31016
31017 ;;;***
31018 \f
31019 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31020 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18785
31021 ;;;;;; 31836))
31022 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31023
31024 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31025 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31026 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31027 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31028 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31029 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31030 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31031
31032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31033
31034 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31035 Select the window above the current one.
31036 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31037 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31038 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31039 negative ARG) of the current window.
31040 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31041
31042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31043
31044 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31045 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31046 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31047 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31048 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31049 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31050 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31051
31052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31053
31054 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31055 Select the window below the current one.
31056 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31057 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31058 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31059 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31060 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31061
31062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31063
31064 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31065 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31066 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31067 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31068
31069 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31070
31071 ;;;***
31072 \f
31073 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31074 ;;;;;; (19146 53665))
31075 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31076
31077 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31078 Toggle Winner mode.
31079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31080 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31081
31082 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31083
31084 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31085 Toggle Winner mode.
31086 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31087
31088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31089
31090 ;;;***
31091 \f
31092 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31093 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19100 52259))
31094 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31095
31096 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31097 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31098 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31099 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31100 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31101
31102 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31103
31104 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31105 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31106 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31107 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31108 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31109 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31110 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31111 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31112
31113 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31114 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31115
31116 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31117
31118 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31119 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31120
31121 \(fn)" t nil)
31122
31123 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31124 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31125 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31126 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31127 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31128 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31129 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31130 `woman' command for further details.
31131
31132 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31133
31134 ;;;***
31135 \f
31136 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31137 ;;;;;; (19116 21893))
31138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31139
31140 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31141 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31142
31143 BUGS:
31144 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31145 are not implemented
31146 - Options for search and replace
31147 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31148 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31149
31150 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31151 Emacs-like.
31152
31153 The key bindings are:
31154
31155 C-a backward-word
31156 C-b fill-paragraph
31157 C-c scroll-up-line
31158 C-d forward-char
31159 C-e previous-line
31160 C-f forward-word
31161 C-g delete-char
31162 C-h backward-char
31163 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31164 C-j help-for-help
31165 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31166 C-l ws-repeat-search
31167 C-n open-line
31168 C-p quoted-insert
31169 C-r scroll-down-line
31170 C-s backward-char
31171 C-t kill-word
31172 C-u keyboard-quit
31173 C-v overwrite-mode
31174 C-w scroll-down
31175 C-x next-line
31176 C-y kill-complete-line
31177 C-z scroll-up
31178
31179 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31180 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31181 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31182 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31183 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31184 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31185 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31186 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31187 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31188 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31189 C-k b ws-begin-block
31190 C-k c ws-copy-block
31191 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31192 C-k f find-file
31193 C-k h ws-show-markers
31194 C-k i ws-indent-block
31195 C-k k ws-end-block
31196 C-k p ws-print-block
31197 C-k q kill-emacs
31198 C-k r insert-file
31199 C-k s save-some-buffers
31200 C-k t ws-mark-word
31201 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31202 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31203 C-k v ws-move-block
31204 C-k w ws-write-block
31205 C-k x kill-emacs
31206 C-k y ws-delete-block
31207
31208 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31209 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31210 C-o j justify-current-line
31211 C-o k kill-buffer
31212 C-o l list-buffers
31213 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31214 C-o r set-fill-column
31215 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31216 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31217 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31218 C-o wo other-window
31219 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31220
31221 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31222 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31223 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31224 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31225 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31226 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31227 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31228 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31229 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31230 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31231 C-q a ws-query-replace
31232 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31233 C-q c end-of-buffer
31234 C-q d end-of-line
31235 C-q f ws-search
31236 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31237 C-q l ws-undo
31238 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31239 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31240 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31241 C-q w ws-last-error
31242 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31243 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31244
31245 \(fn)" t nil)
31246
31247 ;;;***
31248 \f
31249 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19146 53667))
31250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31251
31252 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31253 Perform an interactive search.
31254 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31255 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31256 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31257 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31258
31259 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31260 Example:
31261
31262 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31263
31264 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31265
31266 ;;;***
31267 \f
31268 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31269 ;;;;;; (18785 31837))
31270 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31271
31272 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31273 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31274 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31275 Returns the top node with all its children.
31276 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31277 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31278
31279 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31280
31281 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31282 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31283 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31284 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31285 is not well-formed XML.
31286 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31287 and returned as the first element of the list.
31288 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31289
31290 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31291
31292 ;;;***
31293 \f
31294 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31295 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18785 32015))
31296 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31297
31298 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31299 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31300 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31301 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31302 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31303 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31304 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31305 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31306 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31307 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31308
31309 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31310
31311 ;;;***
31312 \f
31313 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18826
31314 ;;;;;; 37212))
31315 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31316
31317 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31318 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31319 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31322 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31323
31324 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31325
31326 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31327 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31328 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31329 it off.
31330
31331 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31332 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31333 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31334 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31335 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31336 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31337
31338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31339
31340 ;;;***
31341 \f
31342 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31343 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19104 32703))
31344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31345
31346 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31347 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31348
31349 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31350
31351 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31352 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31353
31354 \(fn)" nil nil)
31355
31356 ;;;***
31357 \f
31358 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31359 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19146 53667))
31360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31361
31362 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31363 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31364
31365 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31366
31367 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31368 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31369
31370 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31371
31372 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31373 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31374 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31375
31376 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31377
31378 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31379 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31380
31381 \(fn)" t nil)
31382
31383 ;;;***
31384 \f
31385 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18785 32033))
31386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31387
31388 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31389 Zone out, completely.
31390
31391 \(fn)" t nil)
31392
31393 ;;;***
31394 \f
31395 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
31396 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31397 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31398 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31399 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31400 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31401 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
31402 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
31403 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
31404 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31405 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31406 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31407 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31408 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31409 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31410 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31411 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31412 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31413 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31414 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31415 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31416 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31417 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31418 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31419 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31420 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31421 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31422 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31423 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31424 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31425 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31426 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31427 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31428 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31429 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31430 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31431 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31432 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31433 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31434 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31435 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31436 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31437 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31438 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31439 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31440 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31441 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31442 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31443 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31444 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31445 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31446 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31447 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31448 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31449 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31450 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31451 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31452 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31453 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31454 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31455 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31456 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31457 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31458 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31459 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31460 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31461 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31462 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31463 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31464 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31465 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31466 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31467 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
31468 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
31469 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dnd.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31470 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-hook.el" "ediff-init.el"
31471 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31472 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31474 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31477 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
31478 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31479 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31481 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31483 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31484 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31485 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el"
31486 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31487 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31488 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
31489 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
31490 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el"
31491 ;;;;;; "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31492 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31493 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31494 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31495 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31496 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31497 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31498 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31499 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31500 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
31501 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el"
31502 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31503 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
31504 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31505 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31506 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31507 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31508 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
31509 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31510 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31511 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31512 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31513 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31514 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31515 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31516 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31517 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31518 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31519 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31520 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31521 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31522 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31523 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31524 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31525 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31526 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31527 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "image.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
31528 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31529 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31530 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31531 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31532 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31533 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31534 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31535 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31536 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31537 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31538 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31539 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
31540 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
31541 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
31542 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
31543 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31544 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
31545 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
31546 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
31547 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31548 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31549 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31550 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31551 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
31552 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31553 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "menu-bar.el"
31554 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31555 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31556 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31557 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31558 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31559 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31560 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31561 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el" "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el"
31562 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31563 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31564 ;;;;;; "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el"
31565 ;;;;;; "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
31566 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el"
31567 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31568 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31569 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31570 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31571 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31572 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31573 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31574 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31575 ;;;;;; "nxml/subdirs.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
31576 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31577 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
31578 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31579 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
31580 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31581 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el"
31582 ;;;;;; "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el"
31583 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31584 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31585 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31586 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31587 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31588 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31589 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31590 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31591 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31592 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31593 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31594 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31595 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el"
31596 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31597 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31598 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31599 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31600 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31601 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31602 ;;;;;; "tool-bar.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
31603 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31604 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31605 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31606 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31607 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
31608 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (19146
31609 ;;;;;; 53878 838791))
31610
31611 ;;;***
31612 \f
31613 (provide 'loaddefs)
31614 ;; Local Variables:
31615 ;; version-control: never
31616 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31617 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31618 ;; coding: utf-8
31619 ;; End:
31620 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here